WSFS Financial Annual Report 2016

Plain-text annual report

2016 A N N U A L R E P O R T About WSFS Financial Corporation WSFS Financial Corporation is a multi-billion dollar financial services company. Its principal subsidiary, WSFS Bank, is the oldest and largest bank and trust company headquartered in the Delaware Valley. WSFS has 77 offices located in Delaware, Pennsylvania, Virginia and Nevada, and provides comprehensive financial services including commercial banking, cash management, retail banking and trust and wealth management. Serving our communities since 1832, WSFS Bank is one of the ten oldest banks in the United States continuously operating under the same name. Other subsidiaries or divisions of WSFS Financial Corporation are as follows: WSFS Mortgage is a leading mortgage banking company, specializing in a variety of residential mortgage and refinancing solutions. Arrow Land Transfer is a related abstract and title company. Cash Connect® is a premier provider of ATM vault cash and related services in the United States and operates about 450 ATMs for WSFS Bank, which has the largest branded ATM network in Delaware. The WSFS Wealth division has a local presence and global reach. WSFS Wealth Investments provides insurance and brokerage products primarily to our retail banking clients. WSFS Wealth Private Banking offers credit and deposit products to high net worth individuals. Christiana Trust provides comprehensive trustee, agency and bankruptcy services to corporations as well as fiduciary services to families and individuals. Cypress Capital Management is a registered investment advisor with a primary market segment of high net worth individuals offering a balanced investment style focused on current income and preservation of capital. West Capital Management offers fee-only and fully-customized investment, tax and estate planning strategies to high net worth individuals and institutions. Powdermill Financial Solutions is a boutique multi-family office for ultra-high net worth families, entrepreneurs and corporate executives. MISSION We Stand For Ser vice® VISION We envision a day when all our constituents say, “I can’t imagine a world without WSFS.” STRATEGY Engaged Associates delivering stellar experiences growing Customer Advocates and value for our Owners.SM VALUES At WSFS we: Do the right thing • Serve others Are open and candid • Grow and improve W S F S F I N A N C I A L C O R P O R A T I O N Financial Highlights (Dollars in millions) At December 31, Total assets Net loans, including held for sale Deposits Stockholders’ equity Nonperforming assets to total assets Number of offices (Dollars in thousands, except earnings per share data) For the years ended December 31, Net income* Diluted earnings per common share* Return on average assets* Return on tangible common equity* * Year-over-year comparability impacted by one-time gains and corporate development (M&A) costs 2016 $ 6,765 $ 4,477 $ 4,738 $ 687 2015 $ 5,585 $ 3,771 $ 4,017 $ 580 2014 $ 4,852 $ 3,185 $ 3,649 $ 489 0.60% 77 0.71% 63 1.08% 55 2016 $ 64,080 $ 2.06 2015 $ 53,533 $ 1.85 2014 $ 53,757 $ 1.93 1.06% 12.85% 1.05% 1.17% 11.92% 13.80% Deposit Growth Net Loan Growth Core Fee Income Growth† $3,649 $4,017 $4,738 $3,185 $3,771 $4,477 $77.2 $86.8 $100.0 2014 2015 2016 2014 2015 2016 2014 2015 2016 (Dollars in millions) † Excludes securities gains 0 1 Letter from Management Our recipe for success lies in our now 15-year strong strategy, which is, “Engaged Associates delivering stellar experiences growing Customer Advocates and value for our Owners.” Our recipe for success lies in our now 15-year strong strategy, which is, “Engaged Associates delivering stellar experiences growing Customer Advocates and value for our Owners.” We measure and manage engagement and advocacy as much as or more than we do any business metric, because they are our sustainable competitive advantage, and the leading indicators of our success. In 2016 we were proud again to be named a “Top Workplace” (#2) in our local Delaware market. This is our 11th straight year to be highly ranked and honored. We were also named a “Top Workplace” for the 2nd consecutive year by philly.com. We are relatively new to the Southeastern Pennsylvania market; this recognition tells us that our business model is working and that our strategy is portable. We were also honored to receive the Gallup “Great Workplace” Award and to rank in the 97th percentile of their global database for companies that take up the hard work and journey of Associate engagement. Combined, these awards are proof that we take a healthy, productive workplace and the wellbeing and success of our Associates extremely seriously. We were also very pleased to be named the “#1 Bank” in our local market for the 6th straight year. We are excited to bring our differentiating strategy and ethos to our new Communities, Associates and Customers, and as noted above, we are starting to see early evidence of good traction in those markets as well. Continued on Page 02. Mark A. Turner President & Chief Executive Officer To our Associates, Customers, Owners, Community Partners and Friends… Your Company had a very, very good year in 2016. Despite and including a couple of medium-sized credit losses (they are an unfortunate part of our business, even in good times), we posted record operating earnings of $64.1 million, a 20% increase over the prior year, and earnings per share of $2.06, an 11% increase over 2015. In addition, we successfully integrated four acquisitions. Two of these were in more traditional banking, which helped us solidify our presence in Southeastern Pennsylvania banking; and two were in wealth management, which complimented both our fee income and our offerings in that important business line. We heartily welcome all our new Associates and are excited to have Pat Ward, a longtime, distinguished local Pennsylvania banker, join both our Board and our Executive Management team as our Pennsylvania Market President. Most importantly, we grew well organically. Loans and deposits grew at mid-single digit percentage rates, and fee income grew at low double digit percentage rates—all well above the local economy’s growth rate. As I have said before, organic growth is the “proof of the pudding.” Indeed, if you cannot persuade talented Associates and healthy Customers (who both have many good choices) to join you for the right reasons, you should not be growing, and especially not growing in big chunks, as you do through acquisitions. WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION0 2 I encourage you, as always, to read the accompanying letter, A View from the Boardroom. The letter presents a complementary view of our Company from our dedicated and hardworking Board of Directors. Our sincere thanks go out to all our many constituents, but especially to our talented Board, Management and Associates who are fully dedicated to the challenging and rewarding work of service to each other, our Customers and Communities. 2016 also included many other important highlights. These included: obtaining the Company’s first-ever public debt rating from Kroll (A-); using that to issue well-structured, well-priced debt to help fund our growth and manage our capital; making a small, yet strategic investment in Spring EQ, a local startup in the digital delivery of home equity loans; and rolling out to two locations our new Customer experience-focused branch design. In addition as we were closing the year: we helped shepherd our earlier investment in digital deposit and payments company, Zenbanx, to a new relationship with SoFi, where we expect even better growth and learning opportunities in the fintech space and our dotAlert product was issued the first-ever U.S. patent to Cash Connect. These highlights and others demonstrate our commitment to innovation while growing, and that concept was publicly recognized in 2016 as we were a finalist in the Most Innovative Community-Based Banking Organization category for BAI’s Global Banking Innovation Awards. We are also excited that Dominic Canuso joined us in June as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (CFO). His deep insight, broad experience and mature leadership bring increased strength to our Executive Management team. 2017 marks the second year of our current 3-Year Strategic Plan. In it we plan to optimize our recent gains, including our recent acquisitions and innovations. Of course we plan to continue to grow and innovate, and we look forward to getting much closer to our Strategic Plan goal of generating a core and sustainable Return on Assets (ROA) of 1.30% by Q4 2018, and with good capital management generating a commensurate Return on Tangible Common Equity (ROTCE) in the mid-to-high teens percentage rate range. If we do so, we believe we will rank as a very high performer in our space and hope to continue to earn your trust and confidence. (Note, these return goals exclude any tailwinds that might be coming out of changes from Washington, DC, which we do not count on but certainly would make sure we handle well.) WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION0 3 2016 Key Highlights For the eleventh consecutive year, WSFS Bank was named a Top Workplace in Delaware. WSFS Bank was also recognized as a Top Workplace by philly.com for the second year in a row. For the sixth year in a row, WSFS Bank was voted the #1 Bank in Delaware by the readers of The News Journal. 16 WSFS was recognized with The Gallup Great Workplace Award as a company who takes excellence to a new level by not only embracing engagement, but also making it a fundamental foundation of their business. WSFS was honored to be selected as a finalist in the category of the Most Innovative Community-Based Banking Organization. The BAI Global Banking Innovation Awards are designed to honor financial services companies for game-changing products, services and processes that demonstrate substantial benefit for the organization and its Customers. Commitment to Community From board positions, grants and support of economic development, to beautification projects and support of schools and the arts, WSFS Associates demonstrated their passion for our communities in 2016, volunteering over 12,000 hours of community service. 2016 ANNUAL REPORT0 4 Pennsylvania New Jersey WSFS is located within close proximity to major Mid-Atlantic cities such as Washington, DC, Baltimore, Philadelphia and New York. ME VT A L A S KA MI Maryland NH MA NY CT RI PA NJ New York Philadelphia Baltimore Washington DC DE MD WV VA Annandale, VA Delaware NC Las Vegas, NV 77 OFFICES DELAWARE (46), PENNSYLVANIA (29), VIRGINIA (1) AND NEVADA (1) WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATIONC O R P O R AT E WSFS Bank Center Wilmington, DE Pennsylvania Regional Headquarters Wayne, PA LO A N P R O D U C T I O N O F F I C E S Annandale, VA Broomall, PA Dover, DE Rehoboth Beach, DE M O R TG A G E WSFS Mortgage Wayne, PA Arrow Land Transfer Wayne, PA W E A LT H M A N A G E M E N T O F F I C E S Christiana Trust – Delaware Christiana Trust – Nevada Cypress Capital Management Powdermill Financial Solutions West Capital Management WSFS Wealth Center OT H E R O F F I C E S Cash Connect® Operations Center Retail Services Center Delaware County Concordville Montgomery County Blue Bell King of Prussia Limerick Oaks Trooper Sussex County Lewes Long Neck Millsboro Ocean View Rehoboth Beach Seaford Selbyville 0 5 WSFS Franchise WSFS BANKING OFFICES P E N N S Y LVA N I A Chester County Chester Springs Devon Downingtown Edgmont Glen Mills Freedom Village Havertown Lansdowne Lawrence Park Media Newtown Square Secane Springfield Kennett Square Malvern Oxford Paoli Wayne West Goshen D E L AWA R E New Castle County Airport Plaza Kent County Camden Canterbury Dover Mart Harrington Milford Smyrna West Dover Wyoming Brandywine Branmar College Square Delaware City Fairfax Fox Run Glasgow Greenville Hockessin Lantana Middletown Midway Pike Creek Prices Corner Trolley Square Union Street University Plaza West Newark WSFS Bank Center 2016 ANNUAL REPORT0 6 A View from the Boardroom—Volume V Marvin N. Schoenhals Chairman of the Board We start this year’s letter by pausing to pay tribute to Charles G. “CG” Cheleden. In August CG stepped down as a director of the Company. He will continue as an Advisor to the board until 2018. CG has been Chairman or Lead Director of WSFS since 1990. His involvement with the Company, however, began in 1989. At that point he was the only person who saw that WSFS was in need of a significant change in direction and that the then current board and management were not capable of or willing to provide the needed change. Without CG identifying the problem and having the resourcefulness, courage and tenacity to pursue a solution at a very early stage, there would not be over 1,100 Associates working for WSFS, or 77 offices serving over 113,000 households in hundreds of communities. There would not be a Company with a market capitalization of over $1.5 billion as of year-end 2016. CG was one of the earlier “activist” investors, long before the term became what it is today in the lexicon of investment strategies. In mid-1990, he led a proxy challenge that resulted, without even a shareholder vote, in the election of two new Directors to the board of WSFS (then Star States Corporation): Wilmington attorney Tom Preston and CG. That began a journey that has served the shareholders of WSFS incredibly well. Perhaps the best proof point of that is that from September 1992 when the bank was recapitalized (in which all then current stockholders could participate), through December 31, 2016, the stock price was 122 times higher! For you finance people, that is a compounded annual return of 22%, ignoring dividends. CG would be the first to point out that the Company’s success is the result of a team effort by many. He would certainly be right. But the fact remains, had he not begun the effort when he did, those people would have never had the chance to help him create a great Company. CG—Your fellow board members, WSFS Associates and thousands of WSFS shareholders are deeply indebted to you. We salute your many years of incredibly insightful leadership of WSFS. Frederick McNabb, III, Chairman and President of The Vanguard Group said, “Sometimes [shareholder] engagement can mean just being crystal clear about your expectations—and how you think through certain issues.” That perfectly explains why, five years ago, the board began the practice of writing “A View From the Boardroom” to our shareholders. It is our desire that every shareholder have the opportunity to know the philosophical underpinnings of the board as it works with the management team to continue growing a truly great Company. Each year we divide this letter into two sections. The first dwells on a specific aspect of those philosophical under- pinnings and the second on the consistent reporting of actual performance. If you are new to WSFS, we encourage you to read the prior years’ letters and our statement of Board Principles. These principles are located on our Investor Relations website page, investors.wsfsbank.com/ corporate-governance.cfm. They provide a robust under- standing of your board’s philosophy. Each year we remind fellow shareholders of this fundamental part of our philosophy: We are committed to being a high performing Company over the long term. As a result, investors in WSFS should be those with a long-term, high performance orientation as well. Our goal is long- term, superior value creation for our shareholders. Larry Fink, CEO of BlackRock, has said that boards and management should lay out their strategic framework for long-term value creation. That is what we are going to do in the next few paragraphs of this letter. Recognize that while this discussion is contained in this “board letter,” it could just have easily been in Mark Turner’s CEO letter. Our strategic framework is the result of a collaboration between management and the board in which management does the heavy lifting. Mark’s letter contains discussions of some of the specific outcomes of this strategic framework. WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION0 7 That framework starts with the recognition that the financial services industry has a long history of serving Customers well. Like many “traditional” industries, however, we face dramatically changing Customer expectations for the delivery of our products and the impact of the technological revolution facing every segment of society. Our framework recognizes that we have to use the best of our legacy while aggressively meeting the changing expectations of Customers, deploying proven technology and adopting disruptive technology where appropriate. This will not always be a straight-line process. The core of our strategic framework is the fundamental belief, “Culture eats strategy for lunch.” This starts with our vision of the future: We envision a day when all of our constituents say, “I can’t imagine a world without WSFS.” From that flows our mission: We Stand For Service®. Our core strategy for achieving these lofty goals is: Engaged Associates delivering stellar experiences growing Customer Advocates and value for our Owners. This happens when there is a culture that above all else treasures and promotes engaged Associates in an atmosphere of absolute integrity. In short, we leverage our culture to provide our Customers an exceptional banking experience—every time they touch WSFS. We routinely measure our culture using surveys conducted by reputable outside organizations. We are proud to say our Associate engagement results place us in the 97th percentile of the Gallup organization’s global database on such matters. Culture obviously needs strategy as well. Our strategy starts with the core described above—engaged Associates. In each planning cycle (every 2-3 years) we identify the focus areas that are essential for that period. Most are evolutions of what we have been doing. Our current strategic plan defines the primary focus areas of the Company as follows: • Deepen relationships and deliver seamless Customer experiences across Wealth, Private Banking, Mortgage, Commercial and Retail Banking. • Optimize and innovate across the organization for increased synergy, efficiency, revenue and market share. Specifically, we want to generate fee revenue of at least 40% of total revenue by year end 2018. • Develop a cohesive omni-channel delivery structure and strategy to include engagement, pricing and best practices. • Improve our sustainable financial performance and rank solidly in the top quintile of our peers. That last focus area is a direct link to the previous plan of 2013–2015. In that plan, we identified our “Path to High Performance” goal of achieving a core and sustainable Return on Assets (ROA) of 1.20% by the 4th quarter of 2015, which coincided with the end of that planning period. Not only did we track that internally, we reported our progress in achieving this goal in each of our regular quarterly investor presentations, which are also posted on our Company website. For our current 2016–2018 Plan, we established a goal of achieving a core and sustainable ROA of 1.30% by the 4th quarter of 2018, and we will continue to report our performance on this metric in a similar manner. Management obviously has many sub-strategies to make the focus areas drivers of behavior throughout the Company. They report on their progress to the board on a frequent basis. Most board meetings have time set aside for strategic discussions and review. In addition to reviewing the metrics, these discussions frequently look at the competitive landscape, innovation within WSFS and outside, adapting to technological disruptions, allocations of capital and developing talent/succession management. On the subject of innovation, we took what we think was a very unique step in 2016. The board supported and commissioned Mark Turner to take a three month “Learning Tour.” During that time he visited over 40 different organizations, most of them outside the banking space, to understand leading practices in many industries. Not only did he connect with many executives and learn much that will inform the leadership of WSFS, but it also gave others in the organization an opportunity to demonstrate additional leadership growth during his absence. A critical part of strategic planning is capital management. How we think about capital could easily fill this entire letter. It is so important that immediately following this letter is an extensive discussion of how we think about capital. While we encourage you to read that, here are the critical points of our thought process: • Shareholder capital is our most scarce “asset.” • We target a Tangible Common Equity (TCE) ratio between 7–8% of tangible assets. • Internal Rate of Return (IRR) is the critical metric when considering discretionary investments. Our target range is in the mid-teens to low 20% range. • Our target for Return on Tangible Common Equity (ROTCE) is in the mid-to-high teens percentage range. We believe in providing our Owners a good risk-adjusted return on their investment in WSFS. • Return of capital to shareholders is done in three ways: – 10–15% of earnings in the form of dividends. – 10–15% of earnings in the form of stock buybacks executed routinely, almost regardless of stock price. – Return of capital in excess of 25% (when not needed to support growth)—we use opportunistic stock buybacks where the threshold required is an 18% IRR on our stock repurchase, with the Tangible Book Value (TBV) dilution of the repurchase being the initial outflow and the reasonably expected future annual Earnings Per Share (capital) accretion being the inflows in the IRR calculation. 2016 ANNUAL REPORT0 8 W S F S F I N A N C I A L C O R P O R A T I O N We return to the subject of our long-term, high performance orientation. Owners of WSFS should have the same orientation. We want to remind you of an outgrowth of that orientation that we have discussed in previous letters: “This long-term view, coupled with a highly disciplined focus on performance, continues to bring us to the conclusion that a ‘classified’ or staggered board is the appropriate board structure for WSFS.” Classified boards are not in favor with corporate governance gurus and with many large investors. However, we believe it is right for WSFS. We have a board culture that is committed to “earning the right to oversee your Company” and remaining independent. We gave greater detail of our rationale for concluding that a staggered board is appropriate for WSFS in our 2012 and 2014 letters, which are available at investors.wsfsbank.com/corporate-governance.cfm. We believe our culture is such that we would be proactive to any performance issue long before any outsider. In closing, we refer you to Mark Turner’s CEO letter on the previous pages. It should be read in conjunction with this letter. As always, please feel free to contact your board at chairman@wsfsbank.com or 302-571-7184. So, as we do every year in this letter, we turn to our Financial Performance and Total Shareholder Return (TSR). FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE The three financial measures we focus on are as follows: Return on Assets (ROA), Return on Equity (ROE) and Growth in EPS (GEPS) compared to our peers. This chart shows the 2016 percentile position of each of these measures compared to the peer group as explained in the footnote: WSFS Percentile Compared to Peers1 ROA ROE GEPS 2016 69% 74% 58% 2015 72% 78% 18% 2014 79% 90% 63% 3-Year Avg. 5-Year Avg. 74% 81% 46% 65% 75% 61% TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN Given our long-term orientation, it is appropriate to look at TSR over multiple periods of time. So to compute TSR, we use three, five, seven and ten-year time frames. For each time window, we look at each of the trailing eight quarters. This eliminates those one or two quarter special circumstances that can distort historical performance measurements. Using four different time horizons with eight trailing quarters creates 32 time periods over which we calculate WSFS’ TSR performance. We compare those 32 data points to five different bank stock indices: NASDAQ Bank, KBW Bank, ABA Community Bank, SNL U.S. Bank and Thrift and the SNL U.S. Bank $5B-$10B2. This produces 160 data points against which to evaluate WSFS’ performance. We acknowledge that many of the data points are correlated but believe it is an informative analysis, especially when performed and reported consistently over time. As of December 31, 2016, WSFS outperformed all five peer indices in 100% of the 160 comparisons. We also compare our performance to the broader market by including the DJI and S&P 500 indices. That increases the data points to 224. In that comparison, WSFS outperformed all of the indices 204 times, or 91% of the data points. The above data indicates that the performance of WSFS in recent years has been exceptional. It is our goal to continue that. History teaches; however, that success of this magnitude is very difficult to maintain. So we include that famous investment phrase, past performance is no guarantee of future success… but be assured we are not resting on past accomplishments. 1 Reflects the average WSFS percentile rank for ROA, ROE and growth in EPS in the NASDAQ Bank index, the SNL U.S. Bank $5B–$10B index, the KBW Bank index, the NASDAQ OMX, the ABA Community Bank index and the SNL U.S. Bank and Thrift Index. WSFS’ results for 2014 exclude the one-time SASCO related tax benefit of $6.6 million, or $0.24 per share. 2 With the growth of the Company we replaced the SNL U.S. Bank $1B–5B index with the SNL U.S. Bank $5B–10B index. The substitution did not change the resulting rank of WSFS performance. 0 9 Capital Management Strategy As we progress through this point in the business cycle, a robust discussion on capital allocation, investment philosophy and returns of capital are in order. The philosophies, policies and practices expressed below have been in place at WSFS, formally or informally, for many years now. What follows applies in “normal” years. Periods at the ends of the bell curve require special handling, and we do our best to adjust accordingly. We target our Tangible Common Equity (TCE) ratio at between 7 and 8%. Our frequent, strenuous stress tests tell us that range makes sense for the collective risks we take in our business. That range was also validated by the most realistic stress test we can imagine—the 2008 financial crisis and its aftermath. Most of the investment risks we take are allocated capital in that range. And if we get TCE right, the myriad other capital ratios we are subject to also tend to fall in line. At year end 2016 we are nearly right in the middle of that range, at a 7.55% TCE. We have been higher than that for a couple years, and it took us some time to get back in our desired range. That was accomplished by a combination of disciplined organic growth, acquisitions (six in the preceding three years) and returns of capital. When we make most of our big investments, either through organic Customer growth or special projects (including acquisitions, new business lines, and significant systems implementations), we typically target an Internal Rate of Return (IRR) in the mid- teens to low 20% range. We prefer IRR as the primary benchmark return because it represents a true economic return on investment, and is also often the most consistent and straightforward return calculation. An IRR looks at a series of cash or value outflows and inflows, as we are expected to experience them (some pre-tax, some after-tax), and imputes a rate of return on that series of flows. If it is a traditional banking risk that we have lots of experience in executing, our target IRR would be in the mid-teens. If the investment was a little more unique in nature or involved a higher degree of execution risk, we would look for a credible model to indicate an IRR closer to the low 20% range. We have found over time, when employing this framework of IRRs, considering the mix of our investments and the necessary infrastructure and regulatory spending (which are harder to calculate a return on) and with good execution, it all can result in a core Return on Assets (ROA) that is in the range of 1.20 to 1.30%. That ROA, when combined with the 7 to 8% TCE range mentioned earlier, should provide a Return on Tangible Common Equity (ROTCE) that is in the mid-to-high teens percentage range, and is nicely above our long- term cost of capital. Over time, this would provide our Owners a good risk-adjusted return on their investment in WSFS. Lastly, as a good grower, but an even better earner, we find routinely we have excess capital generated from operations. This requires us to have a philosophy and policy for returning that excess capital. Our capital return policy strongly favors stock buybacks over cash dividends as a way to return excess to our Owners. This is for the flexibility that approach affords both the Company in the management of the business, and the flexibility it affords our Owners in taking their cash and tax burden when it is better for them. We target an annual cash dividend of 10 to 15% of earnings. On top of that we will return another 10 to 15% of earnings through stock buybacks that are executed routinely and almost regardless of price. (The reader will note that routine cash dividends for us and others are also executed regardless of stock price.) Continued on Page 10. 2016 ANNUAL REPORT1 0 seized.” Said another way, investments to grow a business by a good board and management team provide option value in a way that returns of capital do not. Of course, not everything follows the model. We have made investment mistakes (the original investment and/or its execution) that resulted in returns below our desired thresholds. We hope to keep these mistakes to a minimum, and always learn from them when we make them. But we also find occasional opportunities to make an investment that comfortably shows returns well above our normally desired range. Our investment in reverse mortgage loans, for example, over the last almost 25 years has been such an investment. This type of opportunity usually happens when there is some temporary market dislocation, and your Company looks for these opportunities as a way to make up for some of our mistakes, outperform our peers, and earn a very good rate of return for you, our Owners. For returns of capital in excess of 25% of earnings, we employ a model that essentially requires an 18% IRR on our stock repurchase, with the Tangible Book Value (TBV) dilution of the repurchase being the initial outflow, and the reasonably expected future annual Earnings Per Share (capital) accretion being the inflows in the IRR calculation. The 18% is chosen to fit in squarely with the return framework we employ for other investments (mentioned earlier) and provides a good discipline for evaluating our alternative uses of capital. That is, if we are on the fence about a hard investment’s risk-adjusted returns, we will compare our confidence in that investment to the more routine risk of just buying our stock back and then we will do whichever makes more sense. It’s worth noting that buybacks (and cash dividends) are not risk-free. They immediately take capital out of the business that can’t be returned easily. We and others experienced this risk when we returned a lot of capital to Owners in the years just before the 2008 financial crisis, then found our- selves having to raise capital at much worse prices in the years immediately following the crisis. It is also worth noting that share repurchases rarely offer the opportunity to “outperform the model” in a way that hard investments do for good boards and management teams. As someone wise once said, “Opportunities are multiplied as they are WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATIONUNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) È ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 OR ‘ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission file number 001-35638 WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter) Delaware (State or other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 500 Delaware Avenue, Wilmington, Delaware (Address of Principal Executive Offices) 22-2866913 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 19801 (Zip Code) Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (302) 792-6000 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of Each Class Common Stock, $0.01 par value 6.25% Senior Notes Due 2019 4.50% Senior Notes Due 2026 Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES È NO ‘ Indicate by check if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YES ‘ NO È Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES È NO ‘ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes È No ‘ Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ‘ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer È Non-accelerated filer ‘ ‘ Accelerated filer Smaller reporting company ‘ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes ‘ No È The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock as quoted on NASDAQ as of June 30, 2016 was $933,723,516. For purposes of this calculation only, affiliates are deemed to be directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of greater than 10% of the outstanding shares. As of February 24, 2017, there were issued and outstanding 31,393,828 shares of the registrant’s common stock. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 27, 2017 are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof. (cid:3) WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION TABLE OF CONTENTS Item 1. Business Item 1A. Risk Factors Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments Item 2. Item 3. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures Properties Legal Proceedings Part I Part II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Financial Data Item 6. Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Item 9B. Other Information Part III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Item 11. Executive Compensation Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules Signatures Item 16. Form 10-K Summary Signatures Part IV Page 3 27 40 40 40 40 41 43 45 63 65 132 132 135 135 135 135 136 136 136 137 138 [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report on Form 10-K, and exhibits thereto, contains estimates, predictions, opinions, projections and other “forward-looking statements” as that phrase is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements include, without limitation, references to the Company’s predictions or expectations of future business or financial performance as well as its goals and objectives for future operations, financial and business trends, business prospects and management’s outlook or expectations for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels, liquidity levels, asset quality or other future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “estimate,” “target,” “project” and similar expressions, among others, generally identify forward- looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are based on various assumptions (some of which may be beyond the Company’s control) and are subject to risks and uncertainties (which change over time) and other factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • those related to difficult market conditions and unfavorable economic trends in the United States generally, and particularly in the markets in which the Company operates and in which its loans are concentrated, including the effects of declines in housing markets, an increase in unemployment levels and slowdowns in economic growth; the Company’s level of nonperforming assets and the costs associated with resolving problem loans including litigation and other costs; changes in market interest rates, which may increase funding costs and reduce earning asset yields and thus reduce margin; the impact of changes in interest rates and the credit quality and strength of underlying collateral and the effect of such changes on the market value of the Company’s investment securities portfolio; the credit risk associated with the substantial amount of commercial real estate, construction and land development and commercial and industrial loans in our loan portfolio; the extensive federal and state regulation, supervision and examination governing almost every aspect of the Company’s operations including the changes in regulations affecting financial institutions, including the Dodd- Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules and regulations issued in accordance with this statute and potential expenses associated with complying with such regulations; possible additional loan losses and impairment of the collectability of loans; the Company’s ability to comply with applicable capital and liquidity requirements (including the finalized Basel III capital standards), including our ability to generate liquidity internally or raise capital on favorable terms; possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws and regulations and other activities of governments, agencies, and similar organizations; any impairment of the Company’s goodwill or other intangible assets; failure of the financial and operational controls of the Company’s Cash Connect division; conditions in the financial markets that may limit the Company’s access to additional funding to meet its liquidity needs; the success of the Company’s growth plans, including the successful integration of past and future acquisitions; the Company’s ability to fully realize the cost savings and other benefits of its acquisitions, business disruption following those acquisitions, and post-acquisition customer acceptance of the Company’s products and services and related customer disintermediation; negative perceptions or publicity with respect to the Company’s trust and wealth management business; system failure or cybersecurity breaches of the Company’s network security; the Company’s ability to recruit and retain key employees; 1 • • • • • • • the effects of problems encountered by other financial institutions that adversely affect the Company or the banking industry generally; the effects of weather and natural disasters such as floods, droughts, wind, tornadoes and hurricanes as well as effects from geopolitical instability and man-made disasters including terrorist attacks; possible changes in the speed of loan prepayments by the Company’s customers and loan origination or sales volumes; possible changes in the speed of prepayments of mortgage-backed securities due to changes in the interest rate that environment, and the related acceleration of premium amortization on prepayments in the event prepayments accelerate; regulatory limits on the Company’s ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries and pay dividends to its shareholders; the effects of any reputational, credit, compliance risk resulting from developments related to any of the risks discussed above; interest rate, market, operational, legal, liquidity, regulatory and the costs associated with resolving any problem loans, litigation and other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed in other documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. These risks and uncertainties and other risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or future prospects are discussed herein, including under the heading “Risk Factors,” and in other documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company assumes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company for any reason, except as required by law. DEFINED TERMS Certain capitalized terms used throughout this report are defined in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 2 ITEM 1. BUSINESS OUR BUSINESS PART I WSFS Financial Corporation (the Company, our Company, we, our or us) is parent to Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (WSFS Bank or the Bank), one of the ten oldest bank and trust companies in the United States (U.S.) continuously operating under the same name. At $6.8 billion in assets and $15.7 billion in fiduciary assets, WSFS Bank is also the largest bank and trust company headquartered in Delaware and the Delaware Valley. WSFS Bank has been in operation for 185 years. In addition to its focus on stellar customer experiences, the Bank has continued to fuel growth and remain a leader in our community. We are a relationship-focused, locally-managed banking institution. For the eleventh consecutive year, our Associates (the term we use to refer to our employees) ranked us a “Top Workplace” in Delaware. In addition, we were named the ‘Top Bank’ in Delaware for the sixth year in a row; and we were named the ‘Top Bank’ in Delaware County in southeastern Pennsylvania for the first time in our relatively short history in that market. We were also named a ‘Top Ten Workplace’ in the greater Philadelphia market by Philly.com. We state our mission simply: “We Stand for Service.” Our strategy of “Engaged Associates delivering stellar experiences growing Customer Advocates and value for our Owners” focuses on exceeding customer expectations, delivering stellar experiences and building customer advocacy through highly-trained, relationship-oriented, friendly, knowledgeable and empowered Associates. Our core banking business is commercial lending primarily funded by customer-generated deposits. We have built a $3.7 billion commercial loan portfolio by recruiting the best seasoned commercial lenders in our markets and offering the high level of service and flexibility typically associated with a community bank. We fund this business primarily with deposits generated through commercial relationships and retail deposits. We service our customers primarily from our 77 offices located in Delaware (46), Pennsylvania (29), Virginia (1) and Nevada (1) and through our website at www.wsfsbank.com. We also offer a broad variety of consumer loan products, retail securities and insurance brokerage services through our retail branches, and mortgage and title services through those branches and through Pennsylvania- based WSFS Mortgage. WSFS Mortgage is a mortgage banking company and abstract and title company specializing in a variety of residential mortgage and refinancing solutions. Our Wealth Management segment provides a broad array of fiduciary, investment management, credit and deposit products to clients through six businesses. WSFS Wealth Investments provides insurance and brokerage products primarily to our retail banking clients. Cypress Capital Management (Cypress) is a registered investment advisor with $677.9 million in assets under management. Cypress’ primary market segment is high net worth individuals, and it offers a ‘balanced’ investment style focused on preservation of capital and providing for current income. West Capital Management (West Capital), a registered investment advisor with approximately $738.1 million in assets under management, is a fee-only wealth management firm which operates under a multi-family office philosophy and provides, fully customized solutions tailored to the unique needs of institutions and high net worth individuals. Christiana Trust, with $14.3 billion in assets under management and administration, provides fiduciary and investment services to personal trust clients, and trustee, agency, bankruptcy, administration, custodial and commercial domicile services to corporate and institutional clients. Powdermill Financial Solutions (Powdermill) is a multi-family office that specializes in providing unique, independent solutions to high net worth individuals, families and corporate executives through a coordinated, centralized approach. WSFS Private Banking serves high net worth clients by delivering credit and deposit products and partnering with other business units to deliver investment management and fiduciary products and services. Our Cash Connect segment is a premier provider of ATM vault cash, smart safe and other cash logistics services in the U.S. Cash Connect services over 20,000 non-bank ATMs and over 800 retail smart safes nationwide with over $1.0 billion in total cash managed, as well as 446 ATMs for WSFS Bank. Our ATM network is the largest branded ATM network in Delaware. Cash Connect is an innovator and has various additional products and services in development to continue to diversify and expand its revenue sources. 3 WSFS POINTS OF DIFFERENTIATION While all banks offer similar products and services, we believe that WSFS, through its service model, has set itself apart from other banks in our market and the industry in general. In addition, community banks such as WSFS have been able to distinguish themselves from large national or international banks by providing our customers with the service levels, responsiveness and local decision making they prefer. The following factors summarize what we believe are our points of differentiation: Building Associate Engagement and Customer Advocacy Our business model is built on a concept called Human Sigma, which we have implemented in our strategy of “Engaged Associates delivering stellar experiences growing Customer Advocates and value for our Owners.” The Human Sigma model, identified by Gallup, Inc., begins with Associates who have taken ownership of their jobs and therefore perform at a higher level. We invest significantly in recruitment, training, development and talent management because our Associates are the cornerstone of our business model. This strategy motivates Associates and unleashes innovation and productivity to engage our most valuable asset, our Customers, by providing them with stellar experiences. As a result, we build Customer Advocates, or Customers who have developed an emotional attachment to the Bank. Research studies continue to show a direct link between Associate engagement, customer advocacy and a company’s financial performance. Our success with this strategy creates a virtuous cycle, further building an environment of engagement and advocacy. Surveys conducted for us by Gallup, Inc. indicate: • Our Associate Engagement scores consistently rank in the top decile of companies polled. In 2016 our engagement ratio was 14.2:1, which means there were 14.2 engaged Associates for every actively disengaged Associate. This compares to a 2.6:1 ratio in 2003 and a national average of 1.9:1. • 63.2% of our customers ranked us a “five” out of “five,” strongly agreeing with the statement “WSFS is the perfect bank for me.” By fostering a culture of engaged and empowered Associates, we believe we have become the employer and bank of choice in our market. In 2016, for the eleventh year in a row, we were recognized by The Wilmington News Journal as a “Top Work Place” for large corporations in the state of Delaware, and we were named the “Top Bank” in Delaware County in southeastern Pennsylvania for the first time in our relatively short history in that market, indicating the strength of our focus on customer service, We were also named a “Top Ten Workplace” in the greater Philadelphia market by Philly.com. 4 Community Banking Model Our size and community banking model play a key role in our success. Our approach to business combines a service- oriented culture with a strong complement of products and services, all aimed at meeting the needs of our retail and business Customers. We believe the essence of being a community bank means that we are: • Small enough to offer Customers responsive, personalized service and direct access to decision makers. • Large enough to provide all the products and services needed by our target market customers. As the financial services industry has consolidated, many independent banks have been acquired by national companies that have centralized their decision-making authority away from their customers and focused their mass- marketing on a regional or even national customer base. We believe this trend has underserved smaller business owners who have become accustomed to dealing directly with their bank’s senior executives, discouraged retail customers who often experience deteriorating levels of service in branches and other service outlets, and frustrated bank employees who are no longer empowered to provide good and timely service to their customers. WSFS Bank offers: • One primary point of contact - each of our relationship managers is responsible for understanding his or her Customers’ needs and bringing together the right resources in the Bank to meet those needs. • A customized approach to our Customers - we believe this gives us an advantage over our competitors who are too large or centralized to offer customized products or services. • Products and services that our Customers value - this includes a broad array of banking, cash management and trust and wealth management products, as well as a legal lending limit high enough to meet the credit needs of our Customers, especially as they grow. • Rapid response and a company that is easy to do business with - our Customers tell us this is an important differentiator from larger, in-market competitors. Strong Market Demographics Our markets, which primarily include Delaware and southeastern Pennsylvania, are situated in the middle of the Washington, DC - New York corridor which includes the urban markets of Philadelphia and Baltimore. Delaware benefits from this urban concentration as well as from a unique political, legal, tax and business environment. Our markets have rates of unemployment, median household income and rates of population growth which all compare favorably to national averages. (Most recent available statistics) Unemployment (For December 2016) (2) (3) Median Household Income (2011-2015) (4) Population Growth (2010-2016) (4) (5) (1) Comprised of Chester, Delaware and Montgomery counties (2) Bureau of Labor Statistics, Economy at a Glance (3) Southeastern Pennsylvania data is for November 2016 (4) U.S. Census Bureau, State & County Quick Facts (5) Southeastern Pennsylvania data is for 2010-2015 Delaware Southeastern Pennsylvania (1) National Average 4.3% 3.9% 4.7% $60,509 $77,549 $53,889 6.0% 2.2% 4.7% 5 Balance Sheet Management We put a great deal of focus on actively managing our balance sheet. This manifests itself in: • Prudent capital levels - Maintaining prudent capital levels is key to our operating philosophy. At December 31, 2016 our tangible capital ratio was 7.55 % and all regulatory capital levels for WSFS Bank reflected a meaningful cushion above well-capitalized levels. At December 31, 2016, WSFS Bank’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 11.19 % and $261.3 million in excess of the 6.5% “well-capitalized” level under the banking agencies’ prompt corrective action framework: the Bank’s Tier 1 capital ratio was 11.19% and $177.8 million in excess of the 8% “well-capitalized” level, and the Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio was 11.93%, or $107.2 million above the “well-capitalized” level of 10%. • Disciplined lending - We maintain discipline in our lending with a particular focus on portfolio diversification and granularity. Diversification includes limits on loans to one borrower as well as industry and product concentrations. We supplement this portfolio diversification with a disciplined underwriting process and the benefit of knowing our customers. We have also taken a proactive approach to identifying trends in our local economy and have responded to areas of concern. • Focus on credit quality - We seek to control credit risk in our investment portfolio and use this portion of our balance sheet primarily to help us manage liquidity and interest rate risk, while providing marginal income and tax relief. Our philosophy and pre-purchase due diligence has allowed us to avoid the significant investment write-downs taken by many of our bank peers during the last economic downturn. • Asset/Liability management strategies - We have created an investment portfolio that is consistent with the Board’s approved risk appetite and we believe the portfolio contains minimal risks due to our exclusion of non-Agency (Private label) MBS and other asset-backed securities. We also believe that our thorough due diligence is effective in mitigating the credit risk associated with municipal securities that we have added. Further, our portfolio is highly liquid given our large amount of Agency MBS. Disciplined Capital Management We understand that our capital (or stockholders’ equity) belongs to our stockholders. They have entrusted this capital to us with the expectation that it will earn an appropriate return relative to the risk we take. Mindful of this balance, we prudently, but aggressively, manage our capital. Strong Performance Expectations and Alignment with Stockholder Priorities We are focused on high-performing, long-term financial goals. We define “high-performing” as the top quintile of a relevant peer group in return on assets (ROA), return on tangible common equity (ROTCE) and EPS growth. Management incentives are, in large part, based on driving performance in these areas. More details on management incentive plans will be included in the proxy statement for our 2017 annual meeting of stockholders. During 2016, our performance reflected continued progress on our path towards becoming a sustainably high performing company. For the year ended December 31, 2016, WSFS reported ROA of 1.06%. Excluding corporate development costs and securities gains, our core ROA (a non-GAAP measure) was 1.13% for 2016, demonstrating our steady progress toward the goals we set in our three year, 2016-2018 Strategic Plan. For a reconciliation of core ROA to ROA, the most comparable GAAP measure, please refer to “Reconciliation of Core ROA” located at the end of this section. 6 Growth We have achieved success over the long term in lending and deposit gathering, growing the Wealth Management segment’s assets under administration and growing Cash Connect’s customer base and services. Our success has been the result of a focused strategy that provides service, responsiveness and careful execution in a consolidating marketplace. We plan to continue to grow by: • Developing talented, service-minded Associates - We have successfully recruited Associates with strong ties to, and the passion to serve, their communities to enhance our service in existing markets and to provide a strong start in new communities. We also focus efforts on developing talent and leadership from our current Associate base to better equip those Associates for their jobs and prepare them for leadership roles at WSFS. • Embracing the Human Sigma concept - We are committed to building Associate Engagement and Customer Advocacy as a way to differentiate ourselves and grow our franchise. • Building fee income through investment in and growth of our Wealth Management and Cash Connect (ATM services) segments. • Continuing strong growth in commercial lending by: • Offering local decision-making by seasoned banking professionals. • Executing our community banking model that combines stellar experiences with the banking products and services our business customers’ demand. • Adding seasoned lending professionals that have helped us win customers in our Delaware and southeastern Pennsylvania markets. • Aggressively growing deposits. We have energized our retail branch strategy by combining stellar experiences with an expanded and updated branch network. We plan to continue to grow deposits by: • Offering products through an expanded and updated branch network. • • • • • Providing a stellar experience to our Customers. Further expanding our commercial Customer relationships with deposit and cash management products. Finding creative ways to build deposit market share such as targeted marketing programs. Selectively opening new branches, including in preferred southeastern Pennsylvania locations. Seeking strategic acquisitions. During 2016, we completed the acquisition of Penn Liberty Financial Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Penn Liberty Bank, expanding our presence in the southeastern Pennsylvania market. In 2016, we also acquired the assets of Powdermill Financial Solutions, LLC, a multi-family office serving an affluent clientele in the local community and throughout the U.S., and West Capital Management, Inc., an independent, fee-only wealth management firm providing fully-customized solutions tailored to the unique needs of institutions and high net worth individuals which operates under a multi-family office philosophy. In 2015, we completed the acquisition of Alliance Bancorp Inc. of Pennsylvania (Alliance) and its wholly-owned banking subsidiary Alliance Bank. In 2017, we intend to focus on optimizing our recent acquisitions in southeastern Pennsylvania and our Wealth business. Over the next several years, we expect our growth to continue to be a mix of organic growth and acquisition- related growth, consistent with our long-term strategy. Innovation Our organization is committed to product and service innovation as a means to drive growth and to stay ahead of changing customer demands and emerging competition. We are focused on developing and maintaining a strong “culture of innovation” that solicits, captures, prioritizes and executes innovation initiatives, from product creation to process improvements. Cash Connect, a premier provider of ATM vault cash, smart safe and other cash logistics services, serves as an innovation engine driving enhancements such as mobile phone cash withdrawals from WSFS ATMs, and has developed best-in-class cash logistics and reconciliation software. These innovations have created internal efficiencies and valued services for our local banking customers and merchants across the nation. We intend to continue to leverage technology and innovation to grow our business and to successfully execute on our strategy. 7 Over the past several years, we have formed several strategic alliances which have allowed us to stay at the forefront of emerging technology in our industry. Through these partnerships, we look forward to offering and supporting even more innovative products to the financial services marketplace, continuing our organizational learning in this fast- developing space, and participating in value creation for our shareholders. Our innovation efforts were recognized by BAI when they selected WSFS as a finalist for their 2016 Global Banking Innovation Awards for the category of Most Innovative Community-Based Banking Organization. The award category was created to recognize institutions that have either created products, made investments and delivered services to meet their community’s most pressing needs. The award category also recognizes institutions who have a culture of creativity which includes an innovation framework or processes that are supported by all levels of leadership. Values Our values address integrity, service, accountability, transparency, honesty, growth and desire to improve. They are the core of our culture, they make us who we are and we live them every day. At WSFS we: • Do the right thing. • Serve others. • Are open and candid. • Grow and improve. Results Our focus on these points of differentiation has allowed us to grow our core franchise and build value for our stockholders. Since 2011, our commercial loans have grown from $2.2 billion to $3.7 billion, a strong 11% compound annual growth rate (CAGR). Over the same period, customer deposits has grown from $2.9 billion to $4.6 billion, a 10% CAGR. More importantly, over the last decade, stockholder value has increased at a far greater rate than our banking peers. An investment of $100 in WSFS stock in 2006 would be worth $230 at December 31, 2016. By comparison, $100 invested in the Nasdaq Bank Index in 2006 would be worth $142 at December 31, 2016. SUBSIDIARIES The Company has four consolidated direct subsidiaries: WSFS Bank, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (Cypress), WSFS Capital Management, LLC (West Capital) and WSFS Wealth Management, LLC (Powdermill) as well as one unconsolidated subsidiary, WSFS Capital Trust III (the Trust). WSFS Bank has three wholly owned subsidiaries: WSFS Wealth Investments, 1832 Holdings, Inc. and Monarch Entity Services, LLC (Monarch). WSFS Wealth Investments markets various third-party investment and insurance products such as single-premium annuities, whole life policies and securities, primarily through our retail banking system and directly to the public. 1832 Holdings, Inc. was formed to hold certain debt and equity investment securities. Monarch offers commercial domicile services which include providing employees, directors, sublease of office facilities and registered agent services in Delaware and Nevada. Cypress and West Capital are registered investment advisors with approximately $677.9 million and $738.1 million in assets under management, respectively, at December 31, 2016. Powdermill is a multi-family office that specializes in providing unique, independent solutions to high net worth individuals, families and corporate executives through a coordinated, centralized approach. The Trust is our unconsolidated subsidiary, and was formed in 2005 to issue $67.0 million aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities. 8 SEGMENT INFORMATION For financial reporting purposes, our business has three segments: WSFS Bank, Cash Connect, and Wealth Management. The WSFS Bank segment provides loans and other financial products to commercial and retail customers. Cash Connect provides ATM vault cash and cash logistics services through strategic partnerships with several of the largest network, manufacturers and service providers in the ATM industry. The Wealth Management segment provides a broad array of fiduciary, investment management, credit and deposit products to clients. Segment financial information for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 is provided in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this report. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Condensed average balance sheets for each of the last three years and analyses of net interest income and changes in net interest income due to changes in volume and rate are presented in “Results of Operations” included in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” CREDIT EXTENSION ACTIVITIES Over the past several years we have focused on growing the more profitable segments of our loan portfolio. Our current portfolio lending activity is concentrated on lending to small- to mid-sized businesses in the mid-Atlantic region of the U.S., primarily in Delaware, southern Pennsylvania, Maryland and New Jersey, as well as in northern Virginia. Since 2012, our total net commercial loans have increased by $1.5 billion, or 68% and accounted for approximately 85% of our net loan portfolio at December 31, 2016, compared to 82% at December 31, 2012. Based on current market conditions, we expect our focus on growing C&I loans and other relationship-based commercial loans to continue during the remainder of 2017 and beyond. The following table shows the composition of our loan portfolio at year-end for the last five years. (Dollars in thousands) 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent At December 31, Types of Loans Commercial real estate: Commercial mortgage Construction Total commercial real estate Commercial Commercial — owner-occupied Total commercial loans Consumer loans: Residential real estate Consumer Total consumer loans Gross loans Less: Deferred fees (unearned income) Allowance for loan losses $1,163,554 222,712 26.3% $ 966,698 5.1 245,773 25.9% $ 805,459 142,497 6.6 25.5% $ 725,193 106,074 4.5 25.0% $ 631,365 133,375 3.6 23.2% 4.9 1,386,266 1,287,731 1,078,162 3,752,159 267,028 450,029 717,057 31.4 29.1 24.4 84.9 6.0 10.2 16.2 1,212,471 1,061,597 880,643 3,154,711 259,679 360,249 32.5 28.5 23.6 84.6 7.0 9.6 619,928 16.6 947,956 920,072 788,598 2,656,626 218,329 327,543 545,872 30.0 29.1 25.0 84.1 6.9 10.4 17.3 831,267 810,882 786,360 2,428,509 221,520 302,234 523,754 28.6 27.9 27.1 83.6 7.6 10.4 18.0 764,740 704,491 770,581 2,239,812 243,627 289,001 532,628 28.1 25.9 28.3 82.3 8.9 10.6 19.5 $4,469,216 101.1 $3,774,639 101.2 $3,202,498 101.4 $2,952,263 101.6 $2,772,440 101.8 7,673 39,751 0.2 0.9 8,500 37,089 0.2 1.0 6,420 39,426 0.2 1.2 6,043 41,244 0.2 1.4 4,602 43,922 0.2 1.6 Net loans (1) $4,421,792 100.0% $3,729,050 100.0% $3,156,652 100.0% $2,904,976 100.0% $2,723,916 100.0% (1) Excludes $54,782; $41,807; $28,508; $31,491 and $12,758 of residential mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. 9 The following table shows the remaining time until our loans mature. The first table details the total loan portfolio by type of loan. The second table details the total loan portfolio by those with fixed interest rates and those with adjustable interest rates. The tables show loans by remaining contractual maturity. Loans may be pre-paid, so the actual maturity may be earlier than the contractual maturity. Prepayments tend to be highly dependent upon the interest rate environment. Loans having no stated maturity or repayment schedule are reported in the Less than One Year category. (Dollars in thousands) Commercial mortgage loans Construction loans Commercial loans Commercial owner-occupied loans Residential real estate loans (1) Consumer loans Rate sensitivity: Fixed Adjustable (2) Gross loans (1) Excludes loans held for sale. (2) Includes hybrid adjustable-rate mortgages. Less than One Year $173,131 79,158 365,096 104,935 4,006 51,801 One to Five Years Over Five Years $ 531,304 106,718 541,418 302,920 3,969 41,793 $ 459,119 36,836 381,217 670,307 259,053 356,435 Total $1,163,554 222,712 1,287,731 1,078,162 267,028 450,029 $778,127 $1,528,122 $2,162,967 $4,469,216 $102,802 675,325 $778,127 $ 731,498 796,624 $1,528,122 $ 974,285 1,188,682 $2,162,967 $1,808,585 2,660,631 $4,469,216 Commercial Real Estate, Owner-Occupied Commercial, Construction and Commercial Lending Pursuant to section 5(c) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (HOLA), federal savings banks are generally permitted to invest up to 400% of their total regulatory capital in nonresidential real estate loans and up to 20% of their assets in commercial loans. As a federal savings bank that was formerly chartered as a Delaware savings bank, the Bank has certain additional lending authority. Commercial, owner-occupied commercial, commercial mortgage and construction loans have higher levels of risk than residential mortgage lending. These loans typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by income-producing properties is typically dependent on the successful operation of the related real estate project and may be more subject to adverse conditions in the commercial real estate market or in the general economy than residential mortgage loans. The majority of our commercial and commercial real estate loans are concentrated in Delaware, southeastern Pennsylvania (Chester and Delaware counties) and nearby areas. We offer commercial real estate mortgage loans on multi-family properties and on other commercial real estate. Generally, loan-to-value ratios for these loans do not exceed 80% of appraised value at origination. Our commercial mortgage portfolio was $1.2 billion at December 31, 2016. Generally, this portfolio is diversified by property type, with no type representing more than 32% of the portfolio. The largest type is retail-related (shopping centers and other retail) with balances of $354.6 million. The average loan size of a loan in the commercial mortgage portfolio is $0.6 million and only five loans are greater than $8.0 million, with no loans greater than $13.0 million. 10 We offer commercial construction loans to developers. In some cases these loans are made as “construction/ permanent” loans, which provides for disbursement of loan funds during construction with automatic conversion to mini- permanent loans (one - five years) upon completion of construction. These construction loans are short-term, usually not exceeding two years, with interest rates indexed to our WSFS prime rate, the “Wall Street” prime rate or London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR), in most cases, and are adjusted periodically as these indices change. The loan appraisal process includes the same evaluation criteria as required for permanent mortgage loans, but also takes into consideration: completed plans, specifications, comparables and cost estimates. Prior to approval of each loan, these criteria are used as a basis to determine the appraised value of the subject property when completed. Our policy requires that all appraisals be reviewed independently from our commercial business development staff. At origination, the loan-to-value ratios for construction loans generally do not exceed 75%. The initial interest rate on the permanent portion of the financing is determined by the prevailing market rate at the time of conversion to the permanent loan. At December 31, 2016, $413.3 million was committed for construction loans, of which $222.7 million was outstanding. Residential construction and land development (CLD) represented $135.6 million, or 3%, of the loan portfolio and 20% of Tier 1 capital (Tier 1 + ALLL). Our commercial CLD portfolio was $58.1 million, or 1%, of total loans, and our “land hold” loans, which are land loans not currently being developed, were $34.7 million, or 0.8%, of total loans, at December 31, 2016. Commercial and industrial and owner-occupied commercial loans make up the remainder of our commercial portfolio and include loans for working capital, financing equipment and real estate acquisitions, business expansion and other business purposes. These relationships generally range in amounts of up to $30.0 million (with two relationships exceeding this level) with an average loan balance in the portfolio of $0.3 million and terms ranging from less than one year to ten years. The loans generally carry variable interest rates indexed to our WSFS prime rate, “Wall Street” prime rate or LIBOR. As of December 31, 2016, our commercial and industrial and owner-occupied commercial loan portfolios were $2.4 billion and represented 52% of our total loan portfolio. These loans are diversified by industry, with no industry representing more than 13% of the portfolio. Federal law limits the Bank’s extensions of credit to any one borrower to 15% of our unimpaired capital (approximately $95.0 million), and an additional 10% if the additional extensions of credit are secured by readily marketable collateral. Extensions of credit include outstanding loans as well as contractual commitments to advance funds, such as standby letters of credit. At December 31, 2016, no borrower had collective (relationship) total extensions of credit exceeding these legal lending limits. Only four commercial relationships, comprised of two commercial and industrial relationships and two commercial real estate relationships, reach total extensions of credit in excess of $30.0 million when all loans related to the relationship are combined. Residential Real Estate Lending Generally, we originate residential first mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80% and require private mortgage insurance for up to 35% of the mortgage amount for mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80%. We do not have any significant concentrations of such insurance with any one insurer. On a very limited basis, we have originated or purchased loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80% without a private mortgage insurance requirement. At December 31, 2016, the balance of all such loans was approximately $8.6 million. Generally, our residential mortgage loans are underwritten and documented in accordance with standard underwriting criteria published by the FHLMC and other secondary market participants to assure maximum eligibility for subsequent sale in the secondary market. Typically, we sell only those loans originated specifically with the intention to sell on a “flow” basis. To protect the propriety of our liens, we require title insurance be obtained. We also require fire, extended coverage casualty and flood insurance (where applicable) for properties securing residential loans. All properties securing our residential loans are appraised by independent, licensed and certified appraisers and are subject to review in accordance with our standards. The majority of our adjustable-rate, residential real estate loans have interest rates that adjust yearly after an initial period. The change in rate for the first adjustment date could be higher than the typical limited rate change of two percentage points at each subsequent adjustment date. Adjustments are generally based upon a margin (currently 2.75% for U.S. Treasury index; 2.5% for LIBOR index) over the weekly average yield on U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity, as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve). 11 Usually, the maximum rate on these loans is six percent above the initial interest rate. We underwrite adjustable-rate loans under standards consistent with private mortgage insurance and secondary market underwriting criteria. We do not originate adjustable-rate mortgages with payment limitations that could produce negative amortization. The adjustable-rate mortgage loans in our loan portfolio help mitigate the risk related to our exposure to changes in interest rates. However, there are unquantifiable credit risks resulting from potential increased costs to the borrower as a result of re-pricing adjustable-rate mortgage loans. During periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default on adjustable- rate mortgage loans may increase due to the upward adjustment of interest costs to the borrower. Further, although adjustable-rate mortgage loans allow us to increase the sensitivity of our asset base to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the periodic and lifetime interest rate adjustment limitations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that yields on our adjustable-rate mortgages will adjust sufficiently to compensate for increases to our cost of funds during periods of extreme interest rate increases. The original contractual loan payment period for residential loans is normally 10 to 30 years. Because borrowers may refinance or prepay their loans without penalty, these loans tend to remain outstanding for a substantially shorter period of time. First mortgage loans customarily include “due-on-sale” clauses. This provision gives us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the mortgage. We enforce due-on-sale clauses through foreclosure and other legal proceedings to the extent available under applicable laws. In general, loans are sold without recourse except for the repurchase right arising from standard contract provisions covering violation of representations and warranties or, under certain investor contracts, a default by the borrower on the first payment. We also have limited recourse exposure under certain investor contracts in the event a borrower prepays a loan in total within a specified period after sale, typically 120 days. The recourse is limited to a pro rata portion of the premium paid by the investor for that loan, less any prepayment penalty collectible from the borrower. There were no repurchases in 2016, one repurchase totaling $0.4 million in 2015 and two repurchases in 2014 totaling $0.4 million. Consumer Lending Our primary consumer credit products (excluding first mortgage loans) are home equity lines of credit and equity- secured installment loans. At December 31, 2016, home equity lines of credit outstanding totaled $290.3 million and equity-secured installment loans totaled $82.2 million. In total, these product lines represented 83% of total consumer loans. Some home equity products grant a borrower credit availability of up to 100% of the appraised value (net of any senior mortgages) of their residence. However, typically maximum loan to value (LTV) limits are 89% for primary residences and 75% for all other properties. At December 31, 2016, we had $543.0 million in total commitments for home equity lines of credit. Home equity lines of credit offer customers potential Federal the convenience of checkbook and debit card access, and revolving credit features for a portion of the life of the loan and typically are more attractive in a low interest rate environment. Home equity lines of credit expose us to the risk that falling collateral values may leave us inadequately secured. The risk on installment products like home equity loans is mitigated as they amortize over time. income tax advantages, The following table shows our consumer loans at year-end, for the last five years. (Dollars in thousands) Equity secured installment loans Home equity lines of credit Student loans Personal loans Unsecured lines of credit Other At December 31, 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 Percent of Total Consumer Loans Percent of Total Consumer Loans Amount Percent of Total Consumer Loans Amount Percent of Total Consumer Loans Amount 18.3% $ 89,218 64.5 226,592 9.5 15,941 4.9 17,604 2.4 9,244 0.4 1,650 24.7% $ 72,795 218,683 62.9 4.4 587 16,082 4.9 9,415 2.6 9,981 0.5 22.2% $ 69,230 193,255 66.8 144 0.2 16,397 4.9 13,147 2.9 10,061 3.0 22.9 63.9 0.0 5.5 4.4 3.3 Percent of Total Consumer Loans 20.4% 67.8 — 4.3 3.2 4.3 Amount $ 59,091 195,936 — 12,408 9,197 12,369 Amount $ 82,182 290,310 42,932 22,007 10,613 1,985 Total consumer loans $450,029 100.0% $360,249 100.0% $327,543 100.0% $302,234 100.0% $289,001 100.0% 12 Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales We engage in traditional lending activities primarily in Delaware, southeastern Pennsylvania, and contiguous areas of neighboring states. As a federal savings bank, however, we may originate, purchase and sell loans throughout the U.S. We have purchased limited amounts of loans from outside our normal lending area when such purchases are deemed appropriate. We originate fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential real estate loans through our banking offices. During 2016 we originated $450.3 million of residential real estate loans. This compares to originations of $434.6 million in 2015. From time to time, we have purchased whole loans and loan participations in accordance with our ongoing asset and liability management objectives. There were no such purchases in either 2016 or 2015. Residential real estate loan sales totaled $344.5 million in 2016 and $286.2 million in 2015. We sell most newly originated mortgage loans in the secondary market as a means of generating fee income to control the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet and to manage overall balance sheet mix. We hold certain fixed-rate mortgage loans for investment, consistent with our current asset/liability management strategies. At December 31, 2016, we serviced approximately $124.7 million of residential mortgage and reverse mortgage loans for others, compared to $130.0 million at December 31, 2015. We also serviced residential mortgage loans for our own portfolio totaling $267.0 million and $259.7 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively. Our consumer lending activity is conducted mainly through our branch offices and referrals from other parts of our business. We originate a variety of consumer credit products including home improvement loans, home equity lines of credit, automobile loans, unsecured lines of credit and other secured and unsecured personal installment loans. We offer government-insured reverse mortgages to our customers. Our activity has been limited to acting as a correspondent originator for these loans. During 2016 we originated and sold $3.1 million in reverse mortgages compared to $2.8 million during 2015. We originate commercial real estate and commercial loans through our commercial lending division and Small Business Administration (SBA) loan program. Commercial loans are made for working capital, financing equipment acquisitions, business expansion and other business purposes. During 2016 we originated $1.1 billion of commercial and commercial real estate loans compared to $1.1 billion in 2015. To reduce our exposure on certain types of these loans, and/or to maintain relationships within internal lending limits, at times we will sell a portion of our commercial loan portfolio, typically through loan participations. Commercial loan sales totaled $43.0 million and $22.6 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively. These amounts represent gross contract amounts and do not necessarily reflect amounts outstanding on those loans. We also periodically buy loan participations from other banks. Commercial loan participation purchases totaled $51.9 million and $66.1 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Any significant modification or additional exposure to one borrowing relationship exceeding $3.5 million must be approved by the Senior Management Loan Committee (SLC). The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors reviews the minutes of the SLC meetings. The Executive Committee also approves new credit exposures exceeding $10.0 million and new credit exposures in excess of $5.0 million for customers with higher risk profiles, larger existing relationship exposures, or multiple policy exceptions. Depending upon their experience and management position, individual officers of the Bank have the authority to approve smaller loan amounts. Our credit policy includes a $30 million “House Limit” to any one borrowing relationship. In rare circumstances, we will approve exceptions to the “House Limit”. Our policy allows for only 15 such relationships with an aggregate exposure of 10% of Tier I Capital plus ALLL. Currently, we have four relationships exceeding this limit. At December 31, 2016, the aggregate exposure over “House Limit” totaled 3.4% of Tier I Capital plus ALLL, and the largest single such exposure was $41.5 million. Those four relationships were approved to exceed the “House Limit” because the credit profile was deemed strong. Fee Income from Lending Activities We earn fee income from lending activities, including fees for originating loans, servicing loans and selling loans and loan participations. We also receive fee income for making commitments to originate construction, residential and commercial real estate loans. Additionally, we collect fees related to existing loans which include prepayment charges, late charges, assumption fees and swap fees. As part of the loan application process, the borrower also may pay us for out-of-pocket costs to review the application, whether or not the loan is closed. 13 Most loan fees are not recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations immediately, but are deferred as adjustments to yield in accordance with GAAP, and are reflected in interest income over the expected life of the loan. Those fees represented interest income of $4.2 million, $4.7 million, and $3.1 million during 2016, 2015, and 2014 respectively. Loan fee income was mainly due to fee accretion on new and existing loans (including the acceleration of the accretion on loans that paid early), loan growth and prepayment penalties. The decrease in loan fee income was concentrated in commercial mortgages and due to 2015 including a higher volume of prepayment penalty fee collection and associated acceleration of amortized fee recognition at time of loan payoff. LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE, PROBLEM ASSETS AND DELINQUENCIES Our results of operations can be negatively impacted by nonperforming assets, which include nonaccruing loans, nonperforming real estate investments, other real estate owned and restructured loans. Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in our opinion, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days and collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest payments. Interest accrued, but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the accretion of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on our assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest. We endeavor to manage our portfolio to identify problem loans as promptly as possible and take immediate actions to minimize losses. To accomplish this, our Loan Administration and Risk Management Department monitors the asset quality of our loans and investments in real estate portfolios and reports such information to the Credit Policy, Audit and Executive Committees of the Board of Directors and the Bank’s Controller’s Department. SOURCES OF FUNDS We manage our liquidity risk and funding needs through our Treasury function and our Asset/Liability Committee. As a result of increased deposit growth, our loan-to-total customer funding ratio at December 31, 2016 was 96%, better than our 2016 strategic goal of 100%. We have significant experience managing our funding needs through both borrowings and deposit growth. As a financial institution, we and the Bank have access to several sources of funding. Among these are: • Net income • Retail deposit programs • Loan repayments • FHLB borrowings • Repurchase agreements • Federal Discount Window access • Brokered deposits • Senior debt Our branch expansion and renovation program has been focused on expanding our retail footprint in Delaware and southeastern Pennsylvania and attracting new customers in part to provide additional deposit growth. However, in recent years we have purposefully reduced reliance on higher-cost, typically single-service certificate of deposit (CD) accounts. Core customer deposit growth (deposits excluding CDs) was $733.6 million during 2016, a 22% increase over 2015 and includes the impact of our combination with Penn Liberty. Deposits WSFS Bank is the largest independent full-service bank and trust institution headquartered and operating in Delaware. The Bank primarily attracts deposits through its retail branch offices and loan production offices, in Delaware’s New Castle, Sussex and Kent Counties, as well as nearby southeastern Pennsylvania. 14 The Bank offers various deposit products to our customers, including savings accounts, demand deposits, interest- bearing demand deposits, money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposit. In addition, the Bank accepts “jumbo” certificates of deposit with balances in excess of $100,000 from individuals, businesses and municipalities in Delaware. The following table shows the maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2016: (Dollars in Thousands) Maturity Period Less than 3 months Over 3 months to 6 months Over 6 months to 12 months Over 12 months Total December 31, 2016 $ 73,656 39,727 61,598 85,579 $260,560 Federal Home Loan Bank Advances As a member of the FHLB, we are able to obtain FHLB advances. At December 31, 2016, we had $854.2 million in FHLB advances with a weighted average rate of 0.78%. Outstanding advances from the FHLB had rates ranging from 0.60% to 1.23% at December 31, 2016. Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, the advances are secured by qualifying first mortgage loans, qualifying fixed-income securities, FHLB stock and an interest-bearing demand deposit account with the FHLB. We are required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB in an amount at least equal to 4.00% of our borrowings from it, plus 0.10% of our member asset value. As of December 31, 2016, our FHLB stock investment totaled $38.2 million. We received $1.6 million in dividends from the FHLB during 2016. For additional information regarding FHLB stock, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Trust Preferred Borrowings In 2005, the Trust issued $67.0 million aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. These securities are callable and have a maturity date of June 1, 2035. Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase During 2016 and 2015, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source. At December 31, 2016, we had purchased $130.0 million in federal funds at an average rate of 0.69%, compared to $128.2 million in federal funds at a rate of 0.45% at December 31, 2015. As December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had no securities under agreements to repurchase as a funding source. Senior Debt On June 13, 2016, the Company issued $100 million of senior unsecured fixed-to-floating rate notes, (the “senior unsecured notes”). The senior unsecured notes mature on June 15, 2026 and have a fixed coupon rate of 4.50% from issuance to but excluding June 15, 2021 and a variable coupon rate of three month LIBOR plus 3.30% from June 15, 2021 until maturity. The senior unsecured notes may be redeemed beginning on June 15, 2021 at 100% of principal plus accrued and unpaid interest. The proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. 15 In 2012 we issued and sold $55.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.25% senior notes due 2019 (the “2012 senior debt”). The 2012 senior debt is unsecured and ranks equally with all of our other present and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations. The 2012 senior debt is effectively subordinated to our secured indebtedness and structurally subordinated to the indebtedness of our subsidiaries. Interest payments on the 2012 senior debt are due quarterly in arrears on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year. At our option, the 2012 senior debt is callable, in whole or in part, on September 1, 2017, or on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter, at a price equal to the outstanding principal amount to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest. The 2012 senior debt matures on September 1, 2019. PERSONNEL As of December 31, 2016, we had 1,116 full-time equivalent Associates (employees). Our Associates are not represented by a collective bargaining unit. We believe our relationship with our Associates is very good, as evidenced by our being named a “Top Workplace” by an independent survey of our Associates for the last eleven years. REGULATION Overview The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state banking laws, regulations, and policies that are intended primarily for the protection of depositors. The Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the banking system as a whole, are not for the protection of our other creditors and stockholders. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) is the Bank’s primary regulator and the Federal Reserve is the Company’s primary regulator. The statutes enforced by, and regulations and policies of, these agencies affect most aspects of our business, including prescribing permissible types of activities and investments, the amount of required capital and reserves, requirements for branch offices, the permissible scope of our activities and various other requirements. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC to the fullest extent allowed by law. As an insurer of bank deposits, the FDIC promulgates regulations, conducts examinations, requires the filing of reports and generally supervises the operations of all institutions to which it provides deposit insurance. Financial Reform Legislation Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry are frequently introduced in Congress, in the state legislatures and by various bank regulatory agencies. In 2010, the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. This Act imposed new restrictions and an expanded framework of regulatory oversight for financial institutions and their holding companies, including depository institutions. The law also established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as an independent agency within the Federal Reserve. The following aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act, among others, are related to the operations of our Bank: • The Office of Thrift Supervision, formerly the primary regulator of federal savings associations and savings and loan holding companies, was merged into the OCC and the Federal Reserve and the federal savings association charter has been preserved under OCC jurisdiction. • The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has been established within the Federal Reserve, empowered to exercise broad regulatory, supervisory and enforcement authority with respect to both new and existing consumer financial protection laws. Depository institutions of less than $10 billion in total assets, such as the Bank, are subject to the supervision and enforcement of their primary federal banking regulator with respect to the federal consumer financial protection laws. • The prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits has been repealed. 16 • Federal preemption of state laws applied to federal savings associations has been amended. Now, state law is preempted with respect to federal savings associations to the same extent such laws would be preempted with respect to a national bank. A state consumer financial law is preempted whenever it has a discriminatory intent or effect on a federal savings association compared to state-chartered institutions; prevents or significantly interferes with a federal savings association’s federal powers; or it is preempted by a federal law other than the National Bank Act. The OCC must make a preemption determination on a case-by-case basis with respect to a particular state consumer financial law or other state law with substantively equivalent terms. In addition, state consumer financial laws are no longer preempted with respect to the activities of a federal savings association’s subsidiaries. • Deposit insurance coverage has been permanently increased to $250,000 per depositor per insured depository institution. • The deposit insurance assessment base has been changed to equal a depository institution’s total consolidated assets minus the sum of its average tangible equity during the assessment period. • The minimum reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund increased to 1.35% of estimated annual insured deposits or assessment base. However, the FDIC was directed to offset the effect of the increased reserve ratio for insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. The following aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act, among others, are related to the operations of the Company: • Supervisory authority over savings and loan holding companies has been transferred to the Federal Reserve. • Leverage capital requirements and risk-based capital requirements applicable to depository institutions and bank holding companies have been extended to savings and loan holding companies following a five year grace period. • The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA) was amended to direct federal regulators to require depository institution holding companies to serve as a source of strength for their depository institution subsidiaries. • The Federal Reserve can require a grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company that conducts commercial or manufacturing activities or other nonfinancial activities in addition to financial activities to conduct all or part of its financial activities in an intermediate savings and loan holding company. The Federal Reserve is required to promulgate rules setting forth the criteria for when a grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company would be required to establish an intermediate holding company, but to date it has not yet proposed any such rules. • Public companies are required to provide their shareholders with a nonbinding vote (i) at least once every three years on the compensation paid to executives, and (ii) at least once every six years on whether they should have such “say on pay” vote every one, two or three years. • Additional provisions, including some not specifically aimed at savings associations and savings and loan holding companies, nonetheless may have an impact on us. Some of these provisions have the consequence of increasing our expenses, decreasing our revenues, and changing the activities in which we choose to engage. We expect that the Dodd-Frank Act will continue to increase our operating and compliance costs. Specific impacts of the Dodd-Frank Act on our current activities or new financial activities will become evident in the future, and our financial performance and the markets in which we operate will continue to depend on the manner in which the relevant agencies develop and implement the required rules and the reaction of market participants to these regulatory developments. Some aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act continue to be subject to rulemaking, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on us, our customers, or the financial industry in general. 17 RECENT LEGISLATION Basel III In 2013, the Federal banking agencies approved the final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) capital guidelines for U.S. banking organizations. Under the final rules as of January 2015, minimum requirements increased for both the quantity and quality of capital maintained by the Company and the Bank. The rules included a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of 4.5%, raised the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0%, required a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and required a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. The final rule also established a new capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier 1 capital, above the regulatory minimum capital requirements. The phase-in of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. For 2017, the capital conservation buffer is 1.25%. The final rules also revised the standards for an insured depository institution to be “well-capitalized” under the banking agencies’ prompt corrective action framework, requiring a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5%, Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.0% and total capital ratio of 10.0%, while leaving unchanged the existing 5.0% leverage ratio requirement. Strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments were also implemented under the final rules. Newly issued trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock may no longer be included in Tier 1 capital. However, for depository institution holding companies of less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets, such as the Company, most outstanding trust preferred securities and other non-qualifying securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 are permanently grandfathered to be included in Tier 1 capital (up to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital, excluding non-qualifying capital instruments). As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately $67.0 million of trust preferred securities outstanding, all of which are counted as Tier 1 capital. The phase-in period for the final rules began for us on January 1, 2015. Full compliance with all of the final rule’s requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule is required by January 1, 2019. As of December 31, 2016, the Company and the Bank met the applicable standards, and the Bank was “well-capitalized” under the prompt corrective action rules. In 2014, the Federal banking agencies adopted a “liquidity coverage ratio” requirement (LCR) for large internationally active banking organizations, and in 2016, the agencies proposed a “net stable funding ratio” standard (NSFR) for the same group of institutions. The LCR measures an organizations’ ability to meet liquidity demands over a 30-day horizon; the NSFR would test the same capacity over a one-year horizon. Neither requirement applies directly to the Company or the Bank, but the policies embedded in them may inform the work of the examiners as they consider our liquidity. Debit Card Interchange Fees The Federal Reserve has issued rules under the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, to limit interchange fees that an issuer may receive or charge for an electronic debit card transaction. Under the rules, the maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction is the sum of 21 cents per transaction and five basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction. In addition, the rules allow for an upward adjustment of no more than one cent to an issuer’s debit card interchange fee if the issuer develops and implements policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve the fraud-prevention standards set out in the rule. In accordance with the statute, the interchange fee standards do not apply to fees charged by issuers that, together with their affiliates, have assets of less than $10.0 billion on the annual measurement date (December 31), such as the Bank, against debit accounts that they hold. 18 Regulation of the Company General The Company is a registered savings and loan holding company and is subject to the regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve. The Company is also a public company subject to the reporting requirements of the SEC. Certain reports that we file with or furnish to the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, are available free of charge on the investor relations page of our website at www.wsfsbank.com by following the link, “About WSFS” followed by “Investor Relations”. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Restrictions on Acquisitions Federal law generally prohibits a savings and loan holding company, without prior regulatory approval, from acquiring direct or indirect control of all, or substantially all, of the assets of any other savings association or savings and loan holding company, or more than 5% of the voting shares of a savings association or savings and loan holding company. These provisions also prohibit, among other things, any director or officer of a savings and loan holding company, or any individual who owns or controls more than 25% of the voting shares of such holding company, from acquiring control of any savings association that is not a subsidiary of such savings and loan holding company, unless the acquisition is approved by the Federal Reserve. The Company is a grandfathered unitary thrift holding company, a status that allows us to acquire companies or business lines that engage in a wide range of non-banking activities. Should we lose that status, we will be constrained in our ability to acquire many non-banking companies or business lines. Safe and Sound Banking Practices Savings and loan holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in activities that represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or constitute violations of laws or regulations. For example, the Federal Reserve opposes any repurchase of common stock or any other regulatory capital instrument if the repurchase would be inconsistent with the savings and loan holding company’s prospective capital needs and continued safe and sound operation. As another example, a savings and loan holding company may not impair its subsidiary savings association’s soundness by causing it to make funds available to non-depository subsidiaries or their customers if the Federal Reserve believed it not prudent to do so. The Federal Reserve can assess civil money penalties on a party for activities conducted on a knowing or reckless basis, if those activities caused more than a minimal loss to an institution or pecuniary gain to the party. The penalties can be as high as $.04 million for each day the activity continues. Source of Strength The Federal Reserve requires the Company to act as a source of financial strength to the Bank in the event of financial distress at the Bank. Under this standard, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the holding company would not otherwise be inclined to do so. The Federal Reserve also expects the Company to provide managerial support to the Bank as needed. The Federal Reserve may require a savings and loan holding company to terminate an otherwise lawful activity or divest control of a subsidiary if the activity or subsidiary poses a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of a subsidiary savings association and is inconsistent with sound banking principles. In addition, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the capital rules for savings and loan holding companies are no less stringent than those that apply to their subsidiary savings associations. 19 Dividends The principal sources of the Company’s cash are debt issuances and dividends from the Bank, supplemented by earnings from its operating subsidiaries (Cypress, Powdermill and West Capital). Our earnings and activities are affected by federal, state and local laws and regulations. For example, these include limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the holding company and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of earnings available for the period for which the dividend is being paid and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future capital needs and current and prospective financial condition. The policy provides that holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiary. Consistent with this policy, a banking organization should have comprehensive policies on dividend payments that clearly articulate the organization’s objectives and approaches for maintaining a strong capital position and achieving the objectives of the Federal Reserve’s policy statement. In 2009, the Federal Reserve issued a supervisory letter providing greater clarity to its policy statement on the payment of dividends by holding companies. In this letter, the Federal Reserve stated that when a holding company’s board of directors is considering the payment of dividends, it should consider, among other things, the following factors: (i) overall asset quality, potential need to increase reserves and write down assets, and concentrations of credit; (ii) potential for unanticipated losses and declines in asset values; (iii) implicit and explicit liquidity and credit commitments, including off-balance sheet and contingent liabilities; (iv) quality and level of current and prospective earnings, including earnings capacity under a number of plausible economic scenarios; (v) current and prospective cash flow and liquidity; (vi) ability to serve as an ongoing source of financial and managerial strength to depository institution subsidiaries insured by the FDIC, including the extent of double leverage and the condition of subsidiary depository institutions; (vii) other risks that affect the holding company’s financial condition and are not fully captured in regulatory capital calculations; (viii) level, composition, and quality of capital; and (ix) ability to raise additional equity capital in prevailing market and economic conditions (the Dividend Factors). It is particularly important for a holding company’s board of directors to ensure that the dividend level is prudent relative to the organization’s financial position and is not based on overly optimistic earnings scenarios. In addition, a holding company’s board of directors should strongly consider, after careful analysis of the Dividend Factors, reducing, deferring, or eliminating dividends when the quantity and quality of the holding company’s earnings have declined or the holding company is experiencing other financial problems, or when the macroeconomic outlook for the holding company’s primary profit centers has deteriorated. The Federal Reserve further stated that, as a general matter, a holding company should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce its distributions if: (i) its net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition, or (iii) it will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Failure to do so could result in a supervisory finding that the holding company is operating in an unsafe and unsound manner. Additionally, as discussed above, the Federal Reserve possesses enforcement powers over savings and loan holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices, or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by bank and savings and loan holding companies. Cypress and West Capital Cypress and West Capital are registered investment advisors under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and as such are supervised by the SEC. The Investment Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on registered investment advisers, including record-keeping, operational and marketing requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent activities. The SEC is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of the Investment Advisers Act, ranging from fines and censure to termination of an investment adviser’s registration. Investment advisers also are subject to certain state securities laws and regulations. Noncompliance with the Investment Advisers Act or other federal and state securities laws and regulations could result in investigations, sanctions, disgorgement, fines and reputational damage. 20 Regulation of WSFS Bank General As a federally chartered savings institution the Bank is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the OCC. The OCC conducts regular safety and soundness examinations of the Bank, which result in ratings for capital, asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk and a composite rating (referred to collectively as the “CAMELS” rating.) The OCC treats the CAMELS ratings and the examination reports as highly confidential, and they are not available to the public. The lending activities and other investments of the Bank must comply with various federal regulatory requirements. The OCC periodically examines the Bank for compliance with regulatory requirements. The Bank must file reports with the OCC describing its activities and financial condition, including a quarterly “call report” that is publicly available. The FDIC also has the authority to conduct special examinations of the Bank, and the CFPB has back-up enforcement authority over the Bank. The Bank is also subject to certain reserve requirements promulgated by the Federal Reserve. Transactions with Affiliates; Tying Arrangements The Bank is subject to certain restrictions in its dealings with us and our affiliates. Transactions between savings associations and any affiliate are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, with additional limitations found in Section 11 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act. An affiliate of a savings association, generally, is any company or entity which controls or is under common control with the savings association or any subsidiary of the savings association that is commonly controlled by an affiliate or a bank or savings association. In a holding company context, the parent holding company of a savings association (such as the Company) and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the savings association. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B (i) limit the extent to which the savings institution or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and limit the aggregate of all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus and (ii) require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans to the affiliate, purchase of assets from the affiliate, issuance of a guarantee on behalf of the affiliate and several other types of transactions. In addition to the restrictions imposed by Sections 23A and 23B, the Home Owners’ Loan Act also prohibits a savings association from (i) lending or otherwise extending credit to an affiliate that engages in any activity impermissible for bank holding companies, or (ii) purchasing or investing in any stocks, bonds, debentures, notes or similar obligations of any affiliate, except for the purchase of shares of a subsidiary. Restrictions also apply to extensions of credit by the Bank to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and their related interests and to similar individuals at the Company and the Bank’s affiliates. In general, such extensions of credit (i) may not exceed certain dollar limitations, (ii) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties, and (iii) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Certain extensions of credit also require the approval of the Bank’s Board of Directors. The Bank may not extend credit, lease, sell property, or furnish any service or fix or vary the consideration for them on the condition that (i) the customer obtain or provide some additional credit, property, or service from or to the Bank or the Company or their subsidiaries (other than a loan, discount, deposit, or trust service or that are related to and usually provided in connection with any such product or service) or (ii) the customer not obtain some other credit, property, or services from a competitor, except to the extent reasonable conditions are imposed to assure the soundness of the credit extended. The Federal banking agencies have, however, allowed banks and savings associations to offer combined- balance products and may otherwise offer more favorable terms if a customer obtains two or more traditional bank products. The law authorizes the Federal Reserve to grant additional exceptions by regulation or order. 21 Regulatory Capital Requirements Under revised capital regulations effective January 1, 2015 for the Bank, savings institutions must maintain “tangible” capital equal to 1.5% of average total assets, common equity Tier 1 equal to 4.5% of risk-weighted assets, Tier 1 capital equal to 6% of risk-weighted assets, total capital (a combination of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital) equal to 8% of risk- weighted assets, and a leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets equal to 4%. The regulations also modified the thresholds necessary for a savings association to be deemed well or adequately capitalized; these adjustments are discussed below under “Prompt Corrective Action.” Under the revised capital rules, the components of common equity Tier 1 capital include common stock instruments (including related surplus), retained earnings, and certain minority interests in the equity accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries (subject to certain limitations). A savings association must make certain deductions from and adjustments to the sum of these components to determine common equity Tier 1 capital The required deductions for federal savings associations include, among other items, goodwill (net of associated deferred tax liabilities), certain other intangible assets (net of deferred tax liabilities), certain deferred tax assets, gains on sale in connection with securitization exposures and investments in and extensions of credit to certain subsidiaries engaged in activities not permissible for national banks. The adjustments require several complex calculations and include adjustments to the amounts of deferred tax assets, mortgage servicing assets, and certain investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions that are includable in common equity Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital includes noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, and certain minority interests in the equity accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries not included in common equity Tier 1 capital (subject to certain limitations). Tier 2 capital includes subordinated debt with a minimum original maturity of five years, related surplus, certain minority interests in in the equity accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries not included in Tier 1 capital (subject to certain limitations), and limited amounts of a bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL). Certain deductions and adjustments are necessary for both additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Tangible capital has the same definition as Tier 1 capital. The revised capital rules also modified the risk weights for several types of assets. The risk weights range from 0% for cash, U.S. government securities, and certain other assets, 50% for qualifying residential mortgage exposures, 100% for corporate exposures and non-qualifying mortgage loans and certain other assets, to 600% for certain equity exposures. Loans that are past due by 90 days or more and commercial real estate loans either with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of the supervisory ceilings or without a certain amount of contributed capital from the borrower must be risk-weighted at 150%. Mortgage servicing assets and deferred tax assets that are not deducted from common equity Tier 1 capital in accordance with the adjustment stated above are risk-weighted at 250%. At December 31, 2016, the Bank was in compliance with the minimum common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital, total capital, tangible capital and leverage capital requirements. The Company is subject to similar minimum capital requirements as the Bank, except that the Company is not subject to a tangible capital ratio. As of December 31, 2016, the Company was in compliance with the minimum common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital, total capital, and leverage capital requirements. For the Company to be “well capitalized,” the Bank must be well-capitalized and the Company must not be subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by the Federal Reserve to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. As of December 31, 2016, the Company met all the requirements to be deemed well- capitalized. 22 Prompt Corrective Action All banks and savings associations are subject to a “prompt corrective action” regime. This regime is designed primarily to impose increasingly stringent limits on insured depository institutions as their capital deteriorates below levels: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, certain levels. There are five different capital significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. A well-capitalized institution usually is entitled to various regulatory advantages, such as expedited treatment of applications, favorably deposit insurance assessments, and no express restrictions on brokered deposits. The revised capital rules summarized above raised the thresholds for well- capitalized status. In order to be “well capitalized”, an OCC-regulated savings association must have a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.0%, a total capital ratio of 10.0%, and a 5.0% leverage ratio, and not be subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by the OCC. An adequately capitalized savings association must maintain a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%, and a leverage ratio of 4.0%. If a savings association falls below any one of these floors, it becomes undercapitalized and subject to a variety of restrictions on its operations. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank met all of the prerequisites for well-capitalized status. Dividend Restrictions Both OCC and Federal Reserve regulations govern capital distributions by Federal savings associations to their holding companies. Covered distributions include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the capital account of a savings institution to make capital distributions. A savings association must file a notice with the Federal Reserve at least 30 days before making any capital distribution. The association also must file an application with the OCC for approval of a capital distribution if either (1) the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year (including the proposed capital distribution) exceed the sum of the institution’s net income for that year to date plus the institution’s retained net income for the preceding two years, (2) the institution would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution, (3) the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or OCC-imposed condition, or (4) the institution is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings. In certain situations, a Federal savings association may be able to file a notice with the OCC rather than an application; in other situations, no application or notice is required for the OCC, although notice to the Federal Reserve still is necessary. For the year 2016, the Bank paid dividends to the Company after receiving approval from the OCC. The OCC may prohibit a proposed capital distribution, which would otherwise be permitted by OCC regulations, if the OCC determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Under federal law, an insured depository institution may not make any capital distribution if the capital distribution would cause the institution to become undercapitalized or if it is already undercapitalized. The FDIC also prohibits an insured depository institution from paying dividends on its capital stock or interest on its capital notes or debentures (if such interest is required to be paid only out of net profits) or distributing any of its capital assets while it remains in default in the payment of any assessment due the FDIC. The Bank is currently not in default in any assessment payment to the FDIC. Insurance of Deposit Accounts The Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum extent permitted by the Deposit Insurance Fund. As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of, and to require reporting by, insured institutions. It also may prohibit any insured institution from engaging in any activity determined by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the FDIC. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings institutions, after giving the OCC an opportunity to take such action. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIA was amended to increase the maximum deposit insurance amount per depositor per depository institution from $100,000 to $250,000. 23 The FDIC has adopted a risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments. In addition, all institutions with deposits insured by the FDIC are required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, a mixed-ownership government corporation established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Deposit Insurance Fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2019. Through June 30, 2016, the Bank’s assessment rate was based on a methodology adopted by the FDIC for the quarter beginning April 1, 2011. This methodology was in response to a provision in the Dodd-Frank Act that changed the calculation of the assessment base and that entailed changes to the risk-based pricing system. Under the methodology adopted for 2011, the assessment base became an insured depository institution’s average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity. The overall range of initial base assessment rates was 5 basis points to 45 basis points. Institutions, such as the Bank, that are not large and highly complex institutions were placed in one of four risk categories depending on the institution’s capital level (using the same thresholds as in the prompt corrective action regime) and supervisory evaluations by the institution’s primary federal regulator. The risk category with the highest-rated and well-capitalized institutions included a range of assessment rates, and a specific rate was assigned to a particular institution based on a variety of financial factors and the institution’s component CAMELS ratings. Each of the remaining three risk categories imposed the same rate on all institutions in the category. In April 2016, the FDIC adopted new assessment rates and a new methodology for the assignment of rates that would become effective when the reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund rose above 1.15%. This event occurred when the FDIC announced that as of June 30, 2016, the reserve ratio was 1.17%. Accordingly, for the last two quarters of 2016, the Bank’s assessment rate has been determined differently. The range of initial base assessment rates shifted down to 3 basis points to 30 basis points (subject to certain adjustments for unsecured debt and brokered deposits). Insured depository institutions other than large and highly complex institutions were assigned to one of three (rather than four) risk categories based solely on composite CAMELS rating. Each of the three risk categories has a range of rates, and the rate for a particular institution is determined based on seven financial ratios and the weighted average of its component CAMELS ratings. Further downward adjustments of assessment rates are possible as the reserve ratio exceeds 2.0% and higher levels. Once the minimum reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund has increased to 1.35% of estimated annual insured deposits or assessment base, the FDIC is directed to “offset the effect” of the increased reserve ratio for insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. Future changes in insurance premiums could have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations and we cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future. The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including us, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed by an agreement with the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital. Management is not aware of any existing circumstances that would result in termination of our deposit insurance. Reserves Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve, a savings institution must maintain reserves against its transaction accounts. During 2016, no reserves were required to be maintained on the first $15.2 million of transaction accounts, reserves of 3% were required to be maintained against the next $95.0 million of transaction accounts and a reserve of 10% was required to be maintained against all remaining transaction accounts. These percentages are subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in a noninterest bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of the reserve requirement may reduce the amount of an institution’s interest-earning assets. 24 Consumer Protection Regulations The Bank’s offerings of retail products and services to consumers are subject to a large number of statutes and regulations designed to protect the finances of consumers and to promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include, but are not limited to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, and their implementing regulations. States may adopt more stringent consumer financial protection statutes that could apply to us as well. The CFPB is responsible for writing and revising the Federal regulations, but the OCC is responsible for ensuring compliance by Federal savings associations with less than $10 billion in consolidated assets, such as the Bank. State attorneys general also may file suit to enforce federal and state laws. The CFPB has finalized a number of significant rules, including rules that affect nearly every aspect of the residential mortgage lending and servicing process, from origination through maturity or foreclosure. Among other things, the rules require home mortgage lenders to: (i) develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with a “reasonable ability to repay” test and identify whether a loan meets a new definition for a “qualified mortgage,” in which case a rebuttable presumption exists that the creditor extending the loan has satisfied the reasonable ability to repay test; (ii) implement new or revised disclosures, policies and procedures for originating and servicing mortgages including, but not limited to, pre- loan counseling, early intervention with delinquent borrowers and specific loss mitigation procedures for loans secured by a borrower’s principal residence; (iii) comply with additional restrictions on mortgage loan originator hiring and compensation; (iv) comply with new disclosure requirements and standards for appraisals and certain financial products; and (v) maintain escrow accounts for higher-priced mortgage loans for a longer period of time. Privacy and Cybersecurity Pursuant to Federal regulation, the ability of a savings association (as well as banks and other financial institutions) to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties is limited. We must develop and disclose privacy policies and, in some situations, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to non-affiliated third parties. The regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through a savings association and its affiliates and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliates that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports or applications. Consumers have the ability to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliates for the purpose of marketing products or services. The Federal banking agencies pay close attention to the cybersecurity practices of savings associations, banks, and their holding companies and affiliates. The interagency council of the agencies, the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, has issued several policy statements and other guidance for banks as new cybersecurity threats arise. FFIEC has recently focused on such matters as compromised customer credentials and business continuity planning. Examinations by the banking agencies now include review of an institution’s information technology and its ability to thwart cyber attacks. Bank Secrecy Act and Anti-Money Laundering Savings associations, banks, and several other classes of financial institutions are subject to several regulations designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The principal requirements are that an institution (i) establish an anti-money laundering program that includes training and audit components; (ii) establish a “know your customer” program to confirm the identity of persons seeking to open accounts and to deny accounts to those persons unable to demonstrate their identities; (iii) take additional precautions for accounts sought and managed for non-U.S. persons; and (iv) perform certain verification and certification of money laundering risk for foreign correspondent banking relationships. Anti-money laundering rules and policies are developed by a bureau within the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, but compliance by individual institutions is overseen by the primary federal regulators, in our case, the OCC. 25 Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering compliance has been a special focus of the OCC and the other Federal banking agencies in recent years. Any non-compliance is likely to result in an enforcement action, often with substantial monetary penalties and reputational damage. A savings association or bank that is required to strengthen its compliance program often must put on hold any initiatives that require banking agency approval. Community Reinvestment Act All savings associations and banks are subject to the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), which requires each such institution to help meet the credit needs of low- to moderate-income communities and individuals within the institution’s assessment area. CRA does not impose specific lending requirements, and it does not contemplate that an institution would take any action inconsistent with safety and soundness. The Federal banking agencies evaluate the performance of each of their regulated institutions periodically. Evaluations that result in a conclusion of “Needs to Improve” or “Unsatisfactory” may block or impede regulatory approvals for other actions by an institution. The Bank has three assessment areas in and around Wilmington, DE. The Bank received a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent performance evaluation, dated Sept. 2, 2014. CEO pay ratio disclosure On August 5, 2015, the SEC adopted a new rule requiring public companies to disclose the CEO’s annual total compensation, the annual total compensation of the company’s median employee and the ratio of these two amounts in certain SEC filings that require executive compensation information. With certain exceptions, registrants must comply with this rule for the first fiscal year beginning on or after January 1, 2017. Reconciliation of Core ROA We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we provide a non-GAAP financial measure, core ROA, in order to provide investors with a better understanding of the company’s performance when analyzing changes in our underlying business between reporting periods and provide for greater transparency with respect to supplemental information used by management in its financial and operational decision making. We believe the presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure, when used in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, is a useful financial analysis tool that can assist investors in assessing the company’s operating performance and underlying prospects. This analysis should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Core ROA is calculated as follows: (Dollars in thousands except ratio data) Net income (GAAP) Plus: corporate development costs (after tax) Less: securities gains (after tax) Core net income (non-GAAP) Average assets ROA (GAAP) Core ROA (non-GAAP) For the year ended December 31, 2016 $ 64,080 5,828 1,528 $ 68,380 6,042,824 1.06% 1.13% 26 ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS As a financial services organization, we are subject to a number of risks inherent in our transactions and present in the business decisions we make. Described below are the primary risks and uncertainties that if realized could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, and our access to liquidity. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks we face. We have identified our major risk categories as: market risk, credit risk, capital and liquidity risk, compliance risk, operational risk, strategic risk, reputational risk and model risk. Market risk is the risk of loss due to changes in external market factors such as interest rates. Credit risk is the risk of loss that arises when an obligor fails to meet the terms of an obligation. We are exposed to both customer credit risk, from our loans, and institutional credit risk, principally from our various business partners and counterparties. Liquidity risk is the risk that financial condition or overall safety and soundness are adversely affected by an inability, or perceived inability, to meet obligations and support business growth. Compliance risk is the risk that we fail to adequately comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations. Operational risk is the risk of loss arising from inadequate or failed processes, people or systems, external events (i.e., natural disasters) or compliance, reputational or legal matters and includes those risks as they relate directly to the Company as well as to third parties with whom we contract or otherwise do business. Strategic risk is the risk from changes in the business environment, improper implementation of decisions or inadequate responsiveness to changes in the business environment. 1. Market Risk Difficult market conditions and unfavorable economic trends could adversely affect our industry and our business. We are exposed to downturns in the Delaware, mid-Atlantic and overall U.S. economy and housing markets. While certain economic conditions in the U.S. have shown signs of improvement in recent years, economic growth has been slow and uneven as consumers continue to recover from previously high unemployment rates, lower housing values, concerns about the level of U.S. government debt and fiscal actions that may be taken to address this, as well as economic and political conditions in the global markets. Unfavorable economic trends, sustained high unemployment, and declines in real estate values can cause a reduction in the availability of commercial credit and can negatively impact the credit performance of commercial and consumer loans, resulting in increased write-downs. These negative trends can cause economic pressure on consumers and businesses and diminish confidence in the financial markets, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to access capital. A worsening of these conditions, such as a recession or economic slowdown, would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial services industry. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events: • An increase in the number of customers unable to repay their loans in accordance with the original terms, which could result in a higher level of loan losses and provision for loan losses; • • • • Impaired ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers as the models and approaches we use to select, manage and underwrite our customers become less predictive of future performance; Impaired ability to estimate the losses inherent in our credit exposure as the process we use to make such estimates requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments based on forecasts of economic or market conditions that might impair the ability of our customers to repay their loans, and this estimating process becomes less accurate and thus less reliable as economic conditions worsen; Increases in foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies, as well as more restricted access to commercial credit; Impaired ability to access the capital markets or otherwise obtain needed funding on attractive terms or at all; • Changes in the regulatory environment, including regulations promulgated or to be promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Act, could influence recognition of loan losses and our allowance for loan losses; • Downward pressure on our stock price; and • Increased competition due to intensified consolidation of the financial services industry. 27 Changes in interest rates and other factors beyond our control could have an adverse impact on our earnings. Our operating income and net income depend to a significant extent on our net interest margin, which is the difference between the interest yields we receive on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets and the interest rates we pay on interest-bearing deposits and other liabilities. Net interest margin is affected by changes in market interest rates, because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets in a period, an increase in market rates of interest could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including competition, general economic conditions and monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve. We seek to manage our risk from changes in market interest rates by adjusting the rates, maturity, repricing, and balances of our different types of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, but these interest rate risk management techniques are not capable of eliminating such risks and they may not be as effective as we intend. A rapid increase or decrease in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our net interest margin and results of operations. The results of our interest rate sensitivity simulation models depend upon a number of assumptions which may prove to be inaccurate. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully manage our interest rate risk. In addition, increases in market interest rates and/or adverse changes in the local residential real estate market, the general economy or consumer confidence would likely have a significant adverse impact on our noninterest income, as a result of reduced demand for residential mortgage loans that we pre-sell. The market value of our investment securities portfolio may be impacted by the level of interest rates and the credit quality and strength of the underlying collateral. Our net interest income varies as a result of changes in interest rates as well as changes in interest rates across the yield curve. When interest rates are low, borrowers have an incentive to refinance into mortgages with longer initial fixed rate periods and fixed rate mortgages, causing our securities to experience faster prepayments. Increases in prepayments on our portfolio will cause our premium amortization to accelerate, lowering the yield on such assets. If this happens, we could experience a decrease in interest income, which may negatively impact our results of operations and financial position. Future changes in interest rates may reduce the market value of our investment securities. In addition, our securities portfolio is subject to risk as a result of our exposure to the credit quality and strength of the issuers of the securities or the collateral backing such securities. Any decrease in the value of the underlying collateral will likely decrease the overall value of our securities, affecting equity and possibly impacting earnings. The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us. Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Such events could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. 28 2. Credit Risk Significant increases of nonperforming assets from the current level, or greater than anticipated costs to resolve these credits, will have an adverse effect on our earnings. Our nonperforming assets, which consist of non-accrual loans, assets acquired through foreclosure and TDRs adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on nonaccrual loans and assets acquired through foreclosure. We must establish an allowance for loan losses which reserves for losses inherent in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable. From time to time, we also write down the value of properties in our portfolio of assets acquired through foreclosure to reflect changing market values. Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance related to assets acquired through foreclosure. The resolution of nonperforming assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract management from daily operations and other income producing activities. Finally, if our estimate of the allowance for loan losses is inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance for loan losses accordingly, which will have an adverse effect on our earnings. Significant increases in the level of our nonperforming assets from the current level, or greater than anticipated costs to resolve these credits, will have an adverse effect on our earnings. Our loan portfolio includes a substantial amount of commercial real estate, construction and land development and commercial and industrial loans. The credit risk related to these types of loans is greater than the risk related to residential loans. Our commercial loan portfolio includes commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans and construction and land development loans. Commercial real estate loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a greater degree of risk of nonpayment or late payment than home equity loans or residential mortgage loans. Any significant failure to pay or late payments by our customers would adversely affect our earnings. The increased credit risk associated with these types of loans is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the larger size of loan balances, and the potential that adverse changes in general economic conditions can adversely affect income-producing properties. A portion of our commercial real estate, construction and land development and commercial and industrial loan portfolios includes a balloon payment feature. A number of factors may affect a borrower’s ability to make or refinance a balloon payment, including the financial condition of the borrower, the prevailing local economic conditions and the prevailing interest rate environment. Furthermore, commercial and industrial loans secured by owner-occupied properties are dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business. If the operating company suffers difficulties, including reduction in sales volume and/or profitability, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Loans secured by properties where repayment is dependent upon payment of rent by third party tenants or the sale of the property may be impacted by loss of tenants, lower lease rates needed to attract new tenants or the inability to sell a completed project in a timely fashion and at a profit. Concentration of loans in our primary markets may increase our risk. Our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions and housing markets in the state of Delaware, southeastern Pennsylvania and northern Virginia, as a large portion of our loans are made to customers in these markets. This makes us vulnerable to a downturn in the local economy and real estate markets in these areas. Declines in real estate valuations in these markets would lower the value of the collateral securing those loans, which could cause us to realize losses in the event of increased foreclosures. Local economic conditions have a significant impact on the ability of borrowers to repay loans as well as our ability to originate new loans. In addition, weakening in general economic conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, natural disasters or other factors beyond our control could negatively affect demand for loans, the performance of our borrowers and our financial results. 29 If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings will decrease. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loans in our portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover probable or incurred losses in our loan portfolio, resulting in unanticipated losses and additions to our allowance for loan losses. While we believe that our allowance for loan losses was adequate at December 31, 2016, there is no assurance that it will be sufficient to cover future loan losses, especially if there is a significant deterioration in economic conditions. Material additions to our allowance could materially decrease our net income. 3. Capital and Liquidity Risk Our inability to grow deposits in the future could materially adversely affect our liquidity and ability to grow our business. A key part of our future growth strategy is to grow deposits. The market for deposits is highly competitive, with intense competition in attracting and retaining deposits. We compete on the basis of the rates we pay on deposits, features and benefits of our products, the quality of our customer service and the competitiveness of our digital banking capabilities. Our ability to originate and maintain deposits is also highly dependent on the strength of the Bank and the perceptions of customers and others of our business practices and our financial health. Adverse perceptions regarding our reputation could lead to difficulties in attracting and retaining deposits accounts. Negative public opinion could result from actual or alleged conduct in a number of areas, including lending practices, regulatory compliance, inadequate protection of customer information or sales and marketing activities, and from actions taken by regulators or others in response to such conduct. The demand for the deposit products we offer may also be reduced due to a variety of factors, such as demographic patterns, changes in customer preferences, reductions in consumers’ disposable income, regulatory actions that decrease customer access to particular products or the availability of competing products. Competition from other financial services firms and others that use deposit funding products may affect deposit renewal rates, costs or availability. Changes we make to the rates offered on our deposit products may affect our profitability and liquidity. The FDIA prohibits an insured bank from accepting brokered deposits or offering interest rates on any deposits significantly higher than the prevailing rate in the bank’s normal market area or nationally (depending upon where the deposits are solicited), unless it is “well capitalized,” or it is “adequately capitalized” and receives a waiver from the FDIC. A bank that is “adequately capitalized” and accepts brokered deposits under a waiver from the FDIC may not pay an interest rate on any deposit in excess of 75 basis points over certain prevailing market rates. There are no such restrictions under the FDIA on a bank that is “well capitalized” and at December 31, 2016, the Bank met or exceeded all applicable requirements to be deemed “well capitalized” for purposes of the FDIA. However, there can be no assurance that the Bank will continue to meet those requirements. Limitations on the Bank’s ability to accept brokered deposits for any reason (including regulatory limitations on the amount of brokered deposits in total or as a percentage of total assets) in the future could materially adversely impact our funding costs and liquidity. Any limitation on the interest rates the Bank can pay on deposits could competitively disadvantage us in attracting and retaining deposits and have a material adverse effect on our business. 30 We could experience an unexpected inability to obtain needed liquidity. Liquidity is essential to our business, as we use cash to fund loans and investments, other interest-earning assets and deposit withdrawals that occur in the ordinary course of our business. We also are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. Our principal sources of liquidity include customer deposits, FHLB borrowings, brokered certificates of deposit, sales of loans, repayments to the Bank from borrowers and paydowns and sales of investment securities. Our ability to obtain funds from these sources could become limited, or our costs to obtain such funds could increase, due to a variety of factors, including changes in our financial performance or, the imposition of regulatory restrictions on us, adverse developments in the capital markets, including weakening economic conditions or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole. If our ability to obtain necessary funding is limited or the costs of such funding increase, our ability to meet our obligations or grow our banking business would be adversely affected and our financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us could negatively affect our liquidity and ability to pay dividends. We are a separate and distinct legal entity from our subsidiaries, including the Bank. We receive substantially all of our revenue from dividends from our subsidiaries. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our common stock and interest and principal on our debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that our Bank and certain of our nonbank subsidiaries may pay us. Also, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. Limitations on our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and on our ability to pay dividends on common stock. Additionally, if our subsidiaries’ earnings are not sufficient to make dividend payments to us while maintaining adequate capital levels; we may not be able to make dividend payments to our common stockholders. 4. Compliance Risk We are subject to extensive regulation which could have an adverse effect on our operations. We are subject to extensive federal and state regulation, supervision and examination governing almost all aspects of our operations. The laws and regulations governing our business are intended primarily to protect depositors, our customers, the public, the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, and the banking system as a whole, and not our shareholders or holders of our debt. Since July 21, 2011, the Federal Reserve has been the primary federal regulator for the Company and the OCC has been the Bank’s primary regulator. The banking laws, regulations and policies applicable to us govern a variety of matters, including certain debt obligations, changes in control, maintenance of adequate capital, and general business operations, including permissible types, amounts and terms of loans and investments, the amount of reserves held against deposits, restrictions on dividends, establishment of new offices and the maximum interest rate that may be charged by law. In addition, federal and state banking regulators have broad authority to supervise our banking business, including the authority to prohibit activities that represent unsafe or unsound banking practices or constitute violations of statute, rule, regulation or administrative order. Failure to appropriately comply with any such laws, regulations or regulatory policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. We are subject to changes in federal and state banking statutes, regulations and governmental policies, and their interpretation or implementation. Regulations affecting banks and other financial institutions in particular are undergoing continuous review and frequently change and the ultimate effect of such changes cannot be predicted. Regulations and laws may be modified at any time, and new legislation may be enacted that will affect us. Any changes in any federal and state law, as well as regulations and governmental policies could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including ways that may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. 31 Some of the regulatory changes mandated by the Dodd Frank Act have increased our expenses, decreased our revenues and changed the activities in which we choose to engage. Some of these and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to regulatory rulemaking and implementation, the effects of which are not yet known. We may be forced to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes related to the Dodd-Frank Act and any regulations promulgated thereunder, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. We cannot predict the specific impact and long-term effects the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder will have on our financial performance, the markets in which we operate and the financial industry generally. In addition to changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act, in July 2013, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and the OCC approved final rules (Final Capital Rules) implementing revised capital rules to reflect the requirements of the Dodd- Frank Act and the Basel III international capital standards. Under the Final Capital Rules, minimum requirements have increased both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Company. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of 4.5%, raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0%, require a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. The Final Capital Rules also establish a new capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier 1 capital, is also established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer will be phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increase each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments were also implemented under the Final Capital Rules. The Final Capital Rules became applicable to us beginning on January 1, 2015 with conservation buffers phasing in over the subsequent 5 years. We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations. The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports when appropriate. They also mandate that we are ultimately responsible to ensure our third party vendors adhere to the same laws and regulations. In addition to other bank regulatory agencies, the Federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the Department of the Treasury is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the state and federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, Drug Enforcement Administration, and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of the Treasury regarding, among other things, the prohibition of transacting business with, and the need to freeze assets of, certain persons and organizations identified as a threat to the national security, foreign policy or economy of the U.S. If our policies, procedures and systems or those of our third party vendors are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including any acquisition plans. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. 32 We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions. The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose community investment and nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. The fiscal, monetary and regulatory policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money and credit in the U.S. Its policies determine in large part the cost of funds for lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest margin. Its policies can also adversely affect borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in Federal Reserve policies and our regulatory environment generally are beyond our control, and we are unable to predict what changes may occur or the manner in which any future changes may affect our business, financial condition and results of operation. If we fail to comply with legal standards, we could incur liability to our clients or lose clients, which could negatively affect our earnings. Managing or servicing assets with reasonable prudence in accordance with the terms of governing documents and applicable laws is important to client satisfaction, which in turn is important to the earnings and growth of our investment businesses. Failure to comply with these standards, adequately manage these risks or manage the differing interests often involved in the exercise of fiduciary responsibilities could also result in liability. 5. Operational Risk Impairment of goodwill and/or intangible assets could require charges to earnings, which could negatively impact our results of operations. Goodwill and other intangible assets arise when a business is purchased for an amount greater than the net fair value of its identifiable assets. We have recognized goodwill as an asset on the balance sheet in connection with several recent acquisitions. We evaluate goodwill and intangibles for impairment at least annually by comparing fair value to carrying amount. Although we have determined that goodwill and other intangible assets were not impaired during 2016, a significant and sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or other factors could result in impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets. Any future write-down of the goodwill or intangible assets could result in a material charge to earnings. 33 Our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected if our Cash Connect division’s established policies, procedures and controls are inadequate to prevent a misappropriation of funds, or if a misappropriation of funds is not insured or not fully covered through insurance. The profitability of our Cash Connect segment depends to a large degree on its ability to accurately and efficiently distribute, track, and settle large amounts of cash to its customers’ ATMs which, in turn, depends on the successful implementation and monitoring of a comprehensive series of financial and operational controls that are designed to help prevent, detect, and recover any potential loss of funds. These controls require the implementation and maintenance of complex proprietary software, the ability to track and monitor an extensive network of armored car companies, and the ability to settle large amounts of electronic funds transfers (EFT) from various ATM networks. There is a risk that those associated with armored car companies, ATM networks and processors, ATM operators, or other parties may misappropriate funds belonging to Cash Connect. Cash Connect has experienced such occurrences in the past. If our Cash Connect division’s established policies, procedures and controls are inadequate, or not properly executed to prevent or detect a misappropriation of funds, or if a misappropriation of funds is not insured or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us, our results of operations or financial condition could be materially affected. The value of our deferred tax assets could adversely affect our operating results and regulatory capital ratios. Our deferred tax assets are subject to an evaluation of whether it is more likely than not that they will be realized for financial statement purposes. In making this determination, we consider all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, as well as potential carryback of tax to prior years’ taxable income, reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies and projected earnings within the statutory tax loss carryover period. If we were to conclude that a significant portion of our deferred tax assets were not more likely than not to be realized, the required valuation allowance could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and regulatory capital ratios. In addition, the value of our deferred tax assets could be adversely affected by a change in statutory tax rates. For example, President Trump’s administration has indicated it will propose reductions to the corporate statutory tax rate. A decline in the federal corporate tax rate may lower the Company’s tax provision expense, however, it may also significantly decrease the value of the Company’s deferred tax assets, which would result in a reduction of net income in the period in which the tax change is enacted. Our risk management processes and procedures may not be effective in mitigating our risks Our risk management processes and procedures seek to appropriately balance risk and return and mitigate risks. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor and control material risks to which we are subject, including, for example, credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, strategic risk and operational risk. We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a framework that includes our risk appetite statement, enterprise risk assessment process, risk policies, procedures and controls, reporting requirements, credit risk culture and governance structure. Management of our risks in some cases depends upon the use of analytical and/or forecasting models. If the models that we use to manage these risks are ineffective at predicting future losses or are otherwise inadequate, we may incur unexpected losses or otherwise be adversely affected. In addition, the information we use in managing our credit and other risk may be inaccurate or incomplete as a result of error or fraud, both of which may be difficult to detect and avoid. There may also be risks that exist, or that develop in the future, that we have not appropriately anticipated, identified or mitigated, including when processes are changed or new products and services are introduced. If our risk management framework does not effectively identify and control our risks, we could suffer unexpected losses or be adversely affected, and that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 34 Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and/or damage our reputation. From time to time we have and may become party to various litigation claims and legal proceedings. Management evaluates these claims and proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and estimates, if possible, the amount of potential losses. We may establish a reserve, as appropriate, based upon our assessments and estimates in accordance with accounting policies. We base our assessments, estimates and disclosures on the information available to us at the time and rely on the judgment of our management with respect to those assessments, estimates and disclosures. Litigation and legal proceedings may result in the incurrence of significant liabilities, including payment of damages, fees and expenses related to the litigation, and/or penalties and fines. Further, actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from assessments and estimates, which could adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and results of operations. WSFS Bank provides indenture trustee and loan agency services, including administrative and collateral agent fee-based services for first lien, second lien, debtor-in-possession and exit facilities, and WSFS Bank professionals work with ad hoc committees, unsecured creditors’ committees, borrowers and other professionals involved in restructuring and bankruptcy. in the normal course of business, WSFS Bank may be named as a party in litigation. Although WSFS Bank has no credit or direct exposure in conjunction with this administrative role, the fact that the Bank’s name appears in the case caption may create the erroneous impression that WSFS Bank may have financial exposure in such a lawsuit. In this capacity, System failure or cybersecurity breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other potential losses. Failures in, or breaches of, our computer systems and network infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could disrupt our business, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs and cause losses. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment against damage from fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect the computer systems and network infrastructure utilized by us, including our Internet banking activities, against damage from physical break-ins, cybersecurity breaches and other disruptive problems caused by the Internet or other users. Cybersecurity breaches and other disruptions would jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to us and damage to our reputation, and may discourage current and potential customers from using our Internet banking services. As customer, public and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased, we have added additional security measures to our computer systems and network infrastructure to mitigate the possibility of cybersecurity breaches, including firewalls and penetration testing. We continue to investigate cost effective measures as well as insurance protection; however, any mitigation activities may not prevent or detect future potential losses from system failures or cybersecurity breaches. In the normal course of business, we collect, process, and retain sensitive and confidential information regarding our customers. Although we devote significant resources and management focus to ensuring the integrity of our systems through information security and business continuity programs, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers, are vulnerable to external or internal security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming or human errors, or other similar events. We and our third-party service providers have experienced all of these events in the past and expect to continue to experience them in the future. These events could interrupt our business or operations, result in significant legal and financial exposure, supervisory liability, damage to our reputation, loss of customers and business or a loss of confidence in the security of our systems, products and services. Although the impact to date from these events has not had a material adverse effect on us, we cannot be sure this will be the case in the future. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 35 Information security risks for financial institutions like us have increased recently in part because of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies (including mobile devices) to conduct financial and other business transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists and others. In addition to cyber-attacks or other security breaches involving the theft of sensitive and confidential information, hackers recently have engaged in attacks against large financial institutions that are designed to disrupt key business services, such as consumer-facing web sites. We are not able to anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently and because attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources. We employ detection and response mechanisms designed to contain and mitigate security incidents, but early detection may be thwarted by sophisticated attacks and malware designed to avoid detection. Errors, breakdowns in controls or other mistakes in the provision of services to clients or in carrying out transactions for our own account can subject us to liability, result in losses or negatively affect our earnings in other ways. In our asset servicing, investment management, fiduciary administration and other business activities, we effect or process transactions for clients and for us that involve very large amounts of money. Failure to properly manage or mitigate operational risks can have adverse consequences, and increased volatility in the financial markets may increase the magnitude of resulting losses. Given the high volume of transactions we process, errors that affect earnings may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and corrected. Our business may be adversely impacted by litigation and regulatory enforcement. Our businesses involve the risk that clients or others may sue us, claiming that we have failed to perform under a contract or otherwise failed to carry out a duty perceived to be owed to them. Our trust, custody and investment management businesses are particularly subject to this risk. This risk may be heightened during periods when credit, equity or other financial markets are deteriorating in value or are particularly volatile, or when clients or investors are experiencing losses. In addition, as a publicly-held company, we are subject to the risk of claims under the federal securities laws, and volatility in our stock price and those of other financial institutions increases this risk. Actions brought against us may result in injunctions, settlements, damages, fines or penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations or require changes to our business. Even if we defend ourselves successfully, the cost of litigation may be substantial, and public reports regarding claims made against us may cause damage to our reputation among existing and prospective clients or negatively impact the confidence of counterparties, rating agencies and stockholders, consequently negatively affecting our earnings. In the ordinary course of our business, we also are subject to various regulatory, governmental and enforcement inquiries, investigations and subpoenas. These may be directed generally to participants in the businesses in which we are involved or may be specifically directed at us. In enforcement matters, claims for disgorgement, the imposition of civil and criminal penalties and the imposition of other remedial sanctions are possible. Management evaluates litigation claims and proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and estimates, if possible, the amount of potential losses. We may establish a reserve, as appropriate, based upon our assessments and estimates in accordance with accounting policies. We base our assessments, estimates and disclosures on the information available to us at the time and rely on the judgment of our management with respect to those assessments, estimates and disclosures. Litigation and legal proceedings may result in the incurrence of significant liabilities, including payment of damages, fees and expenses related to the litigation, and/or penalties and fines. Further, actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from assessments and estimates, which could adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and results of operations. 36 6. Strategic Risk Our business strategy includes significant investment in growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth and investment in infrastructure effectively. We are pursuing a significant growth strategy for our business. Our growth initiatives have required us to recruit experienced personnel to assist in such initiatives. The failure to retain such personnel would place significant limitations on our ability to successfully execute our growth strategy. In addition, as we expand our lending beyond our current market areas, we could incur additional risk related to those new market areas. We may not be able to expand our market presence in our existing market areas or successfully enter new markets. A weak economy, low demand and competition for credit may impact our ability to successfully execute our growth plan and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and growth prospects. While we believe we have the executive management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, there can be no assurance growth opportunities will be available or that we will successfully manage our growth. We regularly evaluate potential acquisitions and expansion opportunities. If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we expect to engage in selected acquisitions or other business growth initiatives or undertakings. We may not successfully identify appropriate opportunities, may not be able to negotiate or finance such activities and such activities, if undertaken, may not be successful. We have in the past and may in the future pursue acquisitions, which may disrupt our business and adversely affect our operating results, and we may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of any such acquisition. We have historically pursued acquisitions, and may seek acquisitions in the future. We may not be able to successfully identify suitable candidates, negotiate appropriate acquisition terms, complete proposed acquisitions, successfully integrate acquired businesses into the existing operations, or expand into new markets. Once integrated, acquired operations may not achieve levels of revenues, profitability, or productivity comparable with those achieved by our existing operations, or otherwise perform as expected. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the integration of the operations, technologies, services and products of the acquired companies, and the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns. We may not properly ascertain all such risks prior to an acquisition or prior to such a risk impacting us while integrating an acquired company. As a result, difficulties encountered with acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, we must generally receive federal regulatory approval before we can acquire a bank or bank holding company. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, financial condition, future prospects, including current and projected capital levels, the competence, experience, and integrity of management, compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the Community Reinvestment Act, and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. In addition, we cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. Consequently, we may not obtain regulatory approval for a proposed acquisition on acceptable terms or at all, in which case we would not be able to complete the acquisition despite the time and expenses invested in pursuing it. 37 We originate, sell, service and invest in reverse mortgages, which subjects us to additional risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. We originate, sell, service and invest in reverse mortgages. The reverse mortgage business is subject to substantial risks, including market, credit, interest rate, liquidity, operational, reputational and legal risks. Generally, a reverse mortgage is a loan available to seniors aged 62 or older that allows homeowners to borrow money against the value of their home. No repayment of the mortgage is required until the borrower dies, moves out of the home or the home is sold. A decline in the demand for reverse mortgages may reduce the number of reverse mortgages we originate, and adversely affect our ability to sell reverse mortgages in the secondary market. Although foreclosures involving reverse mortgages generally occur less frequently than forward mortgages, loan defaults on reverse mortgages leading to foreclosures may occur if borrowers fail to maintain their property or fail to pay taxes or home insurance premiums. A general increase in foreclosure rates may adversely impact how reverse mortgages are perceived by potential customers and thus reduce demand for reverse mortgages. Finally, we could become subject to negative headline risk in the event that loan defaults on reverse mortgages lead to foreclosures or evictions of elderly homeowners. All of the above factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Key employees may be difficult to attract and retain. Our Associates are our most important resource and, in many areas of the financial services industry, competition for qualified personnel is intense. We invest significantly in recruitment, training, development and talent management as our Associates are the cornerstone of our model. If we were unable to continue to attract and retain qualified key employees to support the various functions of our businesses, our performance, including our competitive position, could be materially adversely affected. As economic conditions improve, we may face increased difficulty in retaining top performers and critical skilled employees. If key personnel were to leave us and equally knowledgeable or skilled personnel are unavailable within the Company or could not be sourced in the market, our ability to manage our business may be hindered or impaired. 7. Reputational Risk Damage to our reputation could significantly harm our businesses. Our ability to attract and retain customers, clients, investors, and highly-skilled management and employees is affected by our reputation. Public perception of the financial services industry has declined as a result of the recent economic downturn and related government response. We face increased public and regulatory scrutiny resulting from the financial crisis and economic downturn. Significant harm to our reputation can also arise from other sources, including employee misconduct, actual or perceived unethical behavior, litigation or regulatory outcomes, failing to deliver minimum or required standards of service and quality, compliance failures, disclosure of confidential information, significant or numerous failures, interruptions or breaches of our information systems, and the activities of our clients, customers and counterparties, including vendors. Actions by the financial services industry generally or by certain members or individuals in the industry may have a significant adverse effect on our reputation. We could also suffer significant reputational harm if we fail to properly identify and manage potential conflicts of interest. Management of potential conflicts of interests has become increasingly complex as we expand our business activities through more numerous transactions, obligations and interests with and among our clients. The actual or perceived failure to adequately address conflicts of interest could affect the willingness of clients to deal with us, which could adversely affect our businesses. 38 Our Wealth Management segment is subject to a number of risks, including reputational risk. Our Wealth Management segment derives the majority of its revenue from noninterest income which consists of trust, investment and other servicing fees. Success in this business segment is highly dependent on reputation. Our ability to attract trust and wealth management clients is highly dependent upon external perceptions of this division’s level of service, trustworthiness, business practices and financial condition. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters could damage the division’s and our reputation among existing customers and corporate clients, which could make it difficult for the Wealth Management segment to attract new clients and maintain existing ones. Adverse developments with respect to the financial services industry may also, by association, negatively impact the segment’s or our reputation, or result in greater regulatory or legislative scrutiny or litigation against us. Although we monitor developments for areas of potential risk to the division’s and our reputation and brand, negative perceptions or publicity could materially and adversely impact both revenue and net income. 8. Model Risk The quantitative models we use to manage certain accounting and risk management functions may not be effective, which may cause material adverse effects on our results of operations and financial condition. We use quantitative models to help manage certain aspects of our business and to assist with certain business decisions, including estimating probable loan losses, measuring the fair value of financial instruments when reliable market prices are unavailable and estimating the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on our financial condition and results of operations. Our modeling methodologies rely on many assumptions, historical analyses and correlations. These assumptions may be incorrect, particularly in times of market distress, and the historical correlations on which we rely may no longer be relevant. Additionally, as businesses and markets evolve, our measurements may not accurately reflect this evolution. Even if the underlying assumptions and historical correlations used in our models are adequate, our models may be deficient due to errors in computer code, bad data, misuse of data, or the use of a model for a purpose outside the scope of the model’s design. As a result, our models may not capture or fully express the risks we face, may suggest that we have sufficient capitalization when we do not, or may lead us to misjudge the business and economic environment in which we will operate. If our models fail to produce reliable results on an ongoing basis, we may not make appropriate risk management or other business or financial decisions. Furthermore, strategies that we employ to manage and govern the risks associated with our use of models may not be effective or fully reliable, and as a result, we may realize losses or other lapses. Banking regulators continue to focus on the models used by banks and bank holding companies in their businesses. The failure or inadequacy of a model may result in increased regulatory scrutiny on us or may result in an enforcement action or proceeding against us by one of our regulators. 39 ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES Our headquarters are located in 500 Delaware Ave., Wilmington, Delaware where we lease 87,819 square feet of space. At December 31, 2016, we conducted our business through 60 full-service branches located in Delaware and southeastern Pennsylvania. Nine of our branches were owned while all other facilities were leased. In addition to our branch network, we lease office space for four loan production offices located in Delaware, southeastern Pennsylvania and Virginia and we lease thirteen other facilities in Delaware, southeastern Pennsylvania and Nevada to house operational activities, Cash Connect and Wealth Management. At December 31, 2016, our premises and equipment had a net book value of $48.9 million. All of these properties are generally in good condition and are appropriate for their intended use. While these facilities are adequate to meet our current needs, available space is limited and additional facilities may be required to support future expansion. However, there are no current plans to lease, purchase or construct additional administrative facilities. For additional detail regarding our properties and equipment, see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS For information regarding legal proceedings, see Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable 40 PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters Our Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WSFS”. At December 31, 2016, we had 1,100 registered common stockholders of record. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices for the Common Stock for each full quarterly period within the two most recent fiscal years as well as the quarterly dividends paid. The closing market price of our Common Stock at December 31, 2016 was $46.35. 2016 2015 Stock Price Range Low High Dividends 4th 3rd 2nd 1st 4th 3rd 2nd 1st $31.90 31.47 30.56 26.40 $27.51 26.26 23.59 24.34 $47.64 39.31 37.10 33.71 $35.42 29.44 27.98 26.67 $0.07 0.06 0.06 0.06 $0.25 $0.06 0.05 0.05 0.05 $0.21 Share Repurchases: Commencing in November 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved authorizations to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 1,492,661 shares of Common Stock. The following table provides information regarding our purchases of Common Stock during the fourth quarter of 2016. 2016 October November December Total Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid Per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Programs (1) Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Programs (1) — 30,000 10,000 40,000 N/A 36.65 46.25 $39.05 — 30,000 10,000 40,000 991,194 961,194 951,194 (1) During the fourth quarter of 2015, the Board of Directors approved a stock program of up to 5% of total outstanding shares of common stock. Under the program, purchases may be made from time to time in the open market or through negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions and other factors, and in accordance with applicable securities laws. There is no fixed termination date for the repurchase program, and the repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. 41 COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH The graph and table which follow show the cumulative total return on our Common Stock over the last five years compared with the cumulative total return of the Dow Jones Total Market Index and the Nasdaq Bank Index over the same period as obtained from Bloomberg L.P. Cumulative total return on our Common Stock or the indices equals the total increase in value since December 31, 2011, assuming reinvestment of all dividends paid into the Common Stock or the index, respectively. The graph and table were prepared assuming $100 was invested on December 31, 2011 in our Common Stock and in each of the indices. There can be no assurance that our future stock performance will be the same or similar to the historical stock performance shown in the graph below. We neither make nor endorse any predictions as to stock performance. CUMULATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN COMPARED WITH PERFORMANCE OF SELECTED INDEXES December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2016 450 400 350 300 s r a l l o D 250 200 150 100 50 0 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 WSFS Financial Corporation Dow Jones Total Market Index Nasdaq Bank Index WSFS Financial Corporation Dow Jones Total Market Index Nasdaq Bank Index December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2016 Cumulative Total Return 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 $100 100 100 $119 110 119 $219 143 168 $219 157 176 $278 $401 184 158 262 191 42 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (Dollars in thousands, except per share and branch data) At December 31, Total assets Net loans (1) (5) Reverse mortgages Investment securities (2) Other investments Total deposits Borrowings (3) Trust preferred borrowings Senior debt Stockholders’ equity Number of full-service branches For the Year Ended December 31, Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Noninterest income Noninterest expenses Provision for loan losses Provision for income taxes Net Income Dividends on preferred stock and accretion of discount Net income allocable to common stockholders Earnings per share allocable to common stockholders: Basic Diluted Interest rate spread Net interest margin Efficiency ratio Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue (4) Return on average assets Return on average equity Return on tangible common equity (6) Average equity to average assets Tangible equity to assets (6) Tangible common equity to assets (6) Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total gross loans Ratio of allowances for loan losses to nonaccruing loans 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 $6,765,270 $5,584,719 $4,851,749 $4,513,863 $4,372,941 4,476,574 2,736,674 3,185,159 22,583 19,229 29,298 958,889 900,839 866,292 41,787 31,796 23,412 4,738,438 3,274,963 3,649,235 1,048,386 515,255 545,764 67,011 67,011 67,011 152,050 52,793 53,429 687,336 421,054 489,051 60 41 43 3,770,857 24,284 886,891 30,709 4,016,566 812,200 67,011 53,757 580,471 51 2,936,467 37,328 817,115 36,201 3,186,942 759,830 67,011 53,100 383,050 39 $ 216,578 $ 182,576 $ 160,337 $ 146,922 $ 150,287 23,288 126,999 86,693 133,345 32,053 16,983 31,311 2,770 28,541 15,830 144,507 78,278 146,645 3,580 18,803 53,757 — 53,757 15,334 131,588 80,151 131,755 7,172 25,930 46,882 1,633 45,249 22,833 193,745 102,355 185,960 12,986 33,074 64,080 — 64,080 15,776 166,800 88,255 163,459 7,790 30,273 53,533 — 53,533 2.12 2.06 3.79% 3.88 62.18 34.22 1.06 10.03 12.85 10.57 7.55 7.55 0.60 0.89 1.88 1.85 3.79% 3.87 63.52 34.29 1.05 10.24 11.92 10.31 8.84 8.84 0.71 0.98 1.98 1.93 3.62% 3.68 65.76 34.82 1.17 12.21 13.80 10.33 9.00 9.00 1.08 1.23 174 0.25 175 0.29 164 0.18 1.71 1.69 3.51% 3.56 62.42 37.64 1.07 11.60 13.99 8.62 7.69 7.69 1.06 1.40 133 0.33 1.09 1.08 3.39% 3.46 62.19 40.43 0.73 7.66 9.90 9.58 8.93 7.72 1.43 1.58 92 1.49 Includes loans held for sale. Includes securities available for sale, held to maturity, and trading. Ratio of charge-offs to average gross loans (1) (2) (3) Borrowings consist of FHLB advances, securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other borrowed funds. (4) Computed on a fully tax-equivalent basis. (5) Net of unearned income. (6) Ratio is a non-GAAP measure. See “Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures included in Item 6” 43 Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures included in Item 6 We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we provide non-GAAP financial measures; return on tangible common equity, tangible equity to assets and tangible common equity to assets, in order to provide investors with a better understanding of the company’s performance when analyzing changes in our underlying business between reporting periods and provide for greater transparency with respect to supplemental information used by management in its financial and operational decision making. We believe the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures, when used in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, is a useful financial analysis tool that can assist investors in assessing the company’s operating performance and underlying prospects. This analysis should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. (Dollars in thousands, except ratio data) 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 At December 31, Period End Tangible Assets Period end assets Goodwill and intangible assets Tangible assets Period End Tangible Common Equity Period end Stockholder’s equity Goodwill and intangible assets Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock $6,765,270 (191,247) $5,584,719 (95,295) $4,851,749 (57,594) $4,513,863 (38,979) $4,372,941 (33,320) $6,574,023 $5,489,424 $4,794,155 $4,474,884 $4,339,621 $ 687,336 (191,247) — $ 580,471 (95,295) — $ 489,051 (57,594) — $ 383,050 (38,979) — $ 421,054 (33,320) (52,624) Tangible common equity $ 496,089 $ 485,176 $ 431,457 $ 344,071 $ 335,110 Tangible common equity to assets 7.55% 8.84% 9.00% 7.69% 7.72% Period End Tangible Equity Period end Stockholder’s equity Goodwill and intangible assets Tangible equity Tangible equity to assets Period End Tangible Income GAAP net income Tax effected amortization of intangible assets Net tangible income Average Tangible Common Equity Average stockholder’s equity Average goodwill and intangible assets Average noncumulative perpetual preferred stock $ 687,336 (191,247) $ 580,471 (95,295) $ 489,051 (57,594) $ 383,050 (38,979) $ 421,054 (33,320) $ 496,089 $ 485,176 $ 431,457 $ 344,071 $ 387,734 7.55% 8.84% 9.00% 7.69% 8.93% $ $ 64,080 1,621 65,701 $ $ 53,533 1,201 54,734 $ $ 53,757 820 54,577 $ $ 46,882 625 47,507 $ $ 31,311 643 31,954 $ 638,624 (127,168) — $ 522,925 (63,887) — $ 440,273 (44,828) — $ 404,029 (34,726) (29,627) $ 408,879 (33,829) (52,401) Average tangible common equity $ 511,456 $ 459,038 $ 395,445 $ 339,676 $ 322,649 Return on tangible common equity 12.85% 11.92% 13.80% 13.99% 9.90% 44 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OVERVIEW The Company is a savings and loan holding company headquartered in Wilmington, Delaware. Substantially all of our assets are held by the Company’s subsidiary, Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB or WSFS Bank, one of the ten oldest bank and trust companies continuously operating under the same name in the U.S. At nearly $6.8 billion in assets and $15.7 billion in fiduciary assets, WSFS Bank is also the largest locally-managed bank and trust company headquartered in Delaware and the Delaware Valley. As a federal savings bank, which was formerly chartered as a state mutual savings bank, the Bank enjoys broader fiduciary powers than most other financial institutions. A fixture in the community, the Bank has been in operation for more than 185 years. In addition to its focus on stellar customer experiences, the Bank has continued to fuel growth and remain a leader in our community. We are a relationship-focused, locally-managed banking institution. We state our mission simply: “We Stand for Service.” Our strategy of “Engaged Associates delivering stellar experiences growing Customer Advocates and value for our Owners” focuses on exceeding customer expectations, delivering stellar experiences and building customer advocacy through highly-trained, relationship-oriented, friendly, knowledgeable and empowered Associates. Our core banking business is commercial lending funded by customer-generated deposits. We have built a $3.7 billion commercial loan portfolio by recruiting the best seasoned commercial lenders in our markets and offering the high level of service and flexibility typically associated with a community bank. We fund this business primarily with deposits generated through commercial relationships and retail deposits. As of December 31, 2016, we service our customers primarily from our 77 offices located in Delaware (46), Pennsylvania (29), Virginia (1) and Nevada (1) and through our website at www.wsfsbank.com. We also offer a broad variety of consumer loan products, retail securities and insurance brokerage services through our retail branches and mortgage and title services through those branches and through Pennsylvania-based WSFS Mortgage. WSFS Mortgage is a mortgage banking and abstract and title company specializing in a variety of residential mortgage and refinancing solutions. During the third quarter of 2016, we completed the acquisition of Penn Liberty Financial Corp. (Penn Liberty) a community bank headquartered in Wayne, Pennsylvania. We expect this acquisition to build our market share, deepen our presence in the southeastern Pennsylvania market, and grow our customer base. The results of Penn Liberty’s operations are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements since the date of the acquisition. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Also during the third quarter of 2016, we acquired the assets of Powdermill Financial Solutions LLC, a multi-family office serving an affluent clientele in the local community and throughout the U.S. This acquisition aligns with our strategic plan to expand our wealth management offering and to diversify our fee-income generating business. During the fourth quarter of 2016, we acquired the assets of West Capital Management, Inc., an independent, fee-only wealth management firm operating under a multi-family office philosophy. This acquisition aligns with our strategic plan to expand our wealth management offerings and to diversify our fee-income generating business. The Cash Connect segment is a premier provider of ATM vault cash, smart safe and cash logistics services in the United Sates. It manages over $1.0 billion in total cash and services over 20,000 non-bank ATMs and over 800 smart safes nationwide. Cash Connect provides related services such as online reporting and ATM cash management, predictive cash ordering, armored carrier management, ATM processing equipment sales and deposit safe cash logistics. Cash Connect also operates 446 ATMs for the Bank, which has the largest branded ATM network in Delaware. As a provider of ATM Vault Cash to the U.S. ATM industry, Cash Connect is exposed to substantial operational risk, including theft of cash from ATMs, armored vehicles, or armored carrier terminals, as well as general risk of accounting errors or fraud. This risk is managed through a series of financial controls, automated tracking and settlement systems, contracts, and other risk mitigation strategies, including both loss prevention and loss recovery strategies. Throughout its 16-year history, Cash Connect periodically has been exposed to theft from armored courier companies and consistently has been able to recover losses through its risk management strategies, although there can be no guarantees that we will be able to recover future losses. 45 The Wealth Management segment provides a broad array of fiduciary, investment management, credit and deposit products to clients through six businesses. WSFS Wealth Investments provides insurance and brokerage products primarily to our retail banking clients. Cypress Capital Management, LLC (Cypress) is a registered investment advisor with $677.9 million in assets under management. Cypress’ primary market segment is high net worth individuals, offering a ‘balanced’ investment style focused on preservation of capital and providing current income. West Capital, a registered investment advisor with approximately $738.1 million in assets under management, is a fee-only wealth management firm which operates under a multi-family office philosophy and provides fully-customized solutions tailored to the unique needs of institutions and high net worth individuals. Christiana Trust, with $14.3 billion in assets under administration, provides fiduciary and investment services to personal trust clients, and trustee, agency, bankruptcy, administration, custodial and commercial domicile services to corporate and institutional clients. Powdermill is a multi-family office that specializes in providing unique, independent solutions to high net worth individuals, families and corporate executives through a coordinated, centralized approach. WSFS Private Banking serves high net worth clients by delivering credit and deposit products and partnering with other business units to deliver investment management and fiduciary products and services. As a provider of trust services to our clients, we are exposed to operational, reputational, and legal risks due to the inherent complexity of the trust business. To mitigate these risks, we rely on the hiring, development, and retention of experienced Associates, financial controls, managerial oversight, and other risk management practices. Also, from time to time our trust business may give rise to disputes with clients and we may be exposed to litigation which could result in significant costs. The ultimate outcome of any litigation is uncertain. The company has four consolidated subsidiaries, WSFS Bank, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (Cypress), WSFS Capital Management, LLC (West Capital) and WSFS Wealth Management, LLC (Powdermill), as well as one unconsolidated subsidiary, WSFS Capital Trust III (the Trust). WSFS Bank has three wholly-owned subsidiaries, WSFS Wealth Investments, 1832 Holdings, Inc. and Monarch Entity Services, LLC (Monarch). RESULTS OF OPERATIONS We recorded net income of $64.1 million, or $2.06 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $10.6 million compared to $53.5 million, or $1.85 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2015. Results in 2016 included corporate development costs of $8.5 million compared to $7.6 million of such costs in 2015. Net interest income increased $26.9 million, primarily due to the acquisition of Penn Liberty in August 2016, in addition to the full year of results from our acquisition of Alliance in October 2015, as well as robust organic growth. The improvement in net income was partially offset by higher interest expense associated with the issuance of $100 million of unsecured senior notes in 2016. Our provision for loan loss increased $5.2 million in 2016, primarily as a result of two significant, isolated credit events in two different segments of our loan portfolio. Noninterest, or fee income, increased $14.1 million due to continued growth in wealth management and mortgage banking businesses. Finally, operating expenses increased $22.5 million in 2016, reflecting growth in ongoing operating costs from our recent acquisitions of Penn Liberty, Powdermill, West Capital and Alliance and the investment in the related infrastructure and staffing costs to support our growth. We recorded net income of $53.5 million, or $1.85 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2015 a $0.2 million decrease compared to $53.8 million, or $1.93 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2014. Results for 2014 included a one-time tax benefit of $6.7 million, or $0.24 per diluted share and $3.6 million (pre-tax), or $0.08 per diluted share, less in corporate development expenses. Earnings for 2015 were impacted by a significant income driven by both organic growth and the acquisition of Alliance in October 2015. increase in net interest Additionally, our wealth management and mortgage banking businesses continued to see significant growth over the prior year. Offsetting the growth in net interest income was an increase to the provision for loan losses of $4.2 million for the full year 2015 compared to the full year 2014 driven by one large C&I credit that had a net charge-off of $5.7 million during 2015. Lastly, we saw an increase of $16.9 million in our operating expenses during the year, reflecting growth in ongoing operating costs from our recent acquisition of Alliance and the investment in the related infrastructure and staffing costs to support our growth. 46 Net Interest Income Net interest income increased $26.9 million, or 16%, to $193.7 million in 2016 while net interest margin increased slightly to 3.88% in 2016 compared to 3.87% in 2015. The increase in net interest income was due to both organic and acquisition-related loan growth, mostly in our commercial and real estate loan portfolios. Net interest income increased $22.3 million, or 15%, to $166.8 million in 2015 while net interest margin increased 19 basis points to 3.87% in 2015 compared to 3.68% in 2014. The increase in net interest income was due to positive performance in our portfolio of purchased loans and improvement in our balance sheet mix, as well as strong organic and acquisition growth. The following table provides certain information regarding changes in net interest income attributable to changes in the volumes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the rates for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on the changes that are attributable to: (i) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate); (ii) changes in rates (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume on each category); and (iii) net change (the sum of the change in volume and the change in rate). Changes due to the combination of rate and volume changes (changes in volume multiplied by changes in rate) are allocated proportionately between changes in rate and changes in volume. Year Ended December 31, (Dollars in thousands) Interest Income: Commercial real estate loans Residential real estate loans Commercial loans (1) Consumer loans Loans held for sale Mortgage-backed securities Investment securities (2) Reverse mortgages FHLB Stock and deposits in other banks Favorable (unfavorable) Interest expense: Deposits: Interest-bearing demand Money market Savings Customer time deposits Brokered certificates of deposits FHLB advances Trust Preferred borrowings Senior debt Other borrowed funds (Favorable) unfavorable Net change, as reported 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014 Volume Yield/Rate Net Volume Yield/Rate Net $10,002 1,494 15,927 2,888 10 130 952 (412) 306 $ (486) 1,506 822 (285) 100 1,451 248 260 (911) $ 9,516 3,000 16,749 2,603 110 1,581 1,200 (152) (605) $ 8,730 422 5,608 1,043 628 636 290 (1,147) (20) $ 2,537 368 1,166 (123) (207) 26 97 1,317 868 $11,267 790 6,774 920 421 662 387 170 848 31,297 2,705 34,002 16,190 6,049 22,239 151 531 52 630 (91) 621 (70) 3,205 (19) 5,010 316 346 313 (385) 392 1,078 330 (615) 272 2,047 467 877 365 245 301 1,699 260 2,590 253 7,057 52 365 8 158 (95) 87 — — (745) (170) 2 623 49 (1,161) 14 494 41 — 54 116 54 988 57 (1,003) (81) 581 41 — (691) (54) $26,287 $ 658 $26,945 $16,360 $ 5,933 $22,293 (1) The tax-equivalent income adjustment is related to commercial loans. (2) The tax-equivalent income adjustment is related to municipal securities. 47 Net interest income attributable to yield for commercial real estate loans and commercial loans increased in 2016 when compared to 2015, continuing to reflect positive performance on purchased loans. The decrease in net interest income attributable to reverse mortgages was primarily due to loan run-off, partially offset by yield improvements driven by improved cash flow projections. Net interest income from FHLB Stock decreased in 2016 when compared to 2015 primarily due to a special one-time dividend payment of $0.8 million during 2015 which did not recur in 2016. Net interest expense related to senior debt was attributable to the issuance of $100 million of unsecured senior notes in June 2016 at an interest rate of 4.25%. The decrease in net interest expense attributable to yield for customer time deposits in 2016 when compared to 2015 reflects the run-off of older, higher-rate time deposits as a part of net interest margin management. The increase in net interest income attributable to yield for commercial real estate loans and commercial loans in 2015 when compared to 2014 was primarily the result of positive performance on purchased loans, including one large commercial mortgage pay-off. The increase in net interest income attributable to yield for reverse mortgages was primarily due to loan maturities and pay-offs. Net interest income from FHLB Stock increased in 2015 when compared to 2014 primarily due to a special one-time dividend payment of $0.8 million during 2015. The decrease in net interest expense attributable to yield for customer time deposits in 2015 when compared to 2014 was the result of allowing older, higher-rate time deposits to run-off as a part of net interest margin management. 48 The following table provides information regarding the average balances of, and yields/rates on, interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities during the periods indicated: Year Ended December 31, 2016 2015 2014 Average Balance Interest & Dividends Yield/ Rate (1) Average Balance Interest & Dividends Yield/ Rate (1) Average Balance Interest & Dividends Yield/ Rate (1) (Dollars in thousands) Assets: Interest-earning assets: Loans: (2) Commercial real estate loans Residential real estate loans Commercial loans Consumer loans Loans held for sale Total loans Mortgage-backed securities (3) Investment securities (3) Reverse mortgage related assets Other interest-earning assets Total interest-earning assets 5,072,473 216,578 Allowance for loan losses Cash and due from banks Cash in non-owned ATMs Bank owned life insurance Other noninterest-earning assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity: Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing deposits: Interest-bearing demand Money market Savings Customer time deposits Total interest-bearing customer deposits Brokered deposits Total interest-bearing deposits FHLB advances Trust preferred borrowings Senior debt Other borrowed funds (4) (38,422) 110,318 554,698 95,228 248,529 $6,042,824 $ $ 834,703 1,159,299 481,197 567,657 3,042,856 172,038 3,214,894 735,975 67,011 108,577 133,486 1,136 3,343 653 3,301 8,433 988 9,421 4,707 1,622 6,356 727 Total interest-bearing liabilities 4,259,943 22,833 Noninterest-bearing demand deposits Other noninterest-bearing liabilities Stockholders’ equity 1,087,502 56,755 638,624 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $6,042,824 Excess of interest-earning assets over interest-bearing liabilities $ 812,530 $1,255,119 257,148 2,125,810 398,226 40,597 4,076,900 734,631 202,722 24,476 33,744 $ 61,705 12,327 96,098 17,640 1,428 189,198 15,754 4,872 5,147 1,607 4.92% $1,057,662 4.79 225,462 4.55 1,765,540 4.43 337,146 3.52 36,829 3,422,639 727,999 161,865 26,473 29,247 4.66 2.14 3.51 21.03 4.76 4.33 $ 52,189 9,327 79,349 15,037 1,318 157,220 14,173 3,672 5,299 2,212 4.93% $ 878,627 218,901 4.14 1,636,843 4.47 314,010 4.46 22,360 3.58 4.61 1.95 3.29 20.02 7.56 3,070,741 695,306 150,419 33,087 32,232 $ 40,922 8,537 72,575 14,117 897 137,048 13,511 3,285 5,129 1,364 4,368,223 182,576 4.23 3,981,785 160,337 (39,269) 89,269 412,582 79,833 163,491 (41,298) 81,390 370,789 67,548 137,907 $5,074,129 $4,598,121 615 1,478 231 4,059 6,383 768 7,151 2,427 1,321 3,766 1,165 669 2,466 288 3,056 6,479 687 7,166 3,008 1,362 3,766 474 $ 0.14% $ 695,930 0.29 966,589 0.14 414,484 0.58 472,921 $ 0.10% $ 642,046 794,292 0.26 400,759 0.07 472,512 0.65 2,549,924 195,454 2,745,378 621,024 67,011 53,757 134,517 0.28 0.57 0.29 0.64 2.42 5.85 0.54 0.54 2,309,609 222,567 2,532,176 600,172 67,011 53,429 150,174 0.25 0.35 0.26 0.48 2.00 7.01 0.35 0.44 3,621,687 15,776 884,857 44,660 522,925 $5,074,129 $ 746,536 3,402,962 15,830 718,989 35,897 440,273 $4,598,121 $ 578,823 Net interest and dividend income $193,745 $166,800 $144,507 Interest rate spread Net interest margin 3.79% 3.88% 3.79% 3.87% See “Notes” (1) Weighted average yields have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using a 35% effective tax rate. (2) Average balances include nonperforming loans and are net of unearned income. (3) (4) Includes securities available for sale at fair value. Includes federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to repurchase. 49 4.66% 3.90 4.40 4.50 4.01 4.46 1.94 3.21 15.50 4.23 4.08 0.10% 0.19 0.06 0.86 0.28 0.35 0.28 0.40 1.94 7.05 0.78 0.46 3.62% 3.68% Provision for Loan Losses We maintain an allowance for loan losses at an appropriate level based on our assessment of estimable and probable losses in the loan portfolio, which we evaluate in accordance with applicable accounting principles, as discussed further in “Nonperforming Assets”. Our evaluation is based on a review of the portfolio and requires significant, complex and difficult judgments. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we recorded a provision for loan losses of $13.0 million compared to $7.8 million in 2015 and $3.6 million in 2014. The increase was primarily the result of two large relationships. A $15.4 million substandard C&I loan relationship was exited during the third quarter of 2016, which resulted in a $4.2 million charge-off and $3.0 million in incremental loan loss provision in that quarter. In addition, a $4.0 million private banking credit exposure granted under a business development initiative was downgraded to non-performing status, $3.5 million of which was unsecured. This resulted in a $3.5 million charge-off and incremental loan loss provision during the fourth quarter of 2016. Noninterest (Fee) Income Fee income increased $14.1 million to $102.4 million in 2016 from $88.3 million in 2015. Excluding securities gains net, as shown in the table below, noninterest income increased $13.2 million, or 15%, to $100.0 million in 2016 from $86.8 million in 2015. This increase reflected both strong organic and acquisition growth. (Dollars in thousands) Noninterest income (GAAP) Less: Securities gains, net Adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP) (1) Twelve months ended December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 $102,355 (2,369) $ 99,986 $88,255 (1,478) $86,777 $78,278 (1,037) $77,241 (1) The Company uses non-GAAP financial information in its analysis of its performance. The Company’s management believes that these non-GAAP measures provide a greater understanding of ongoing operations, enhance comparability of results of operations with prior periods and show the effects of significant gains and charges in the periods presented. The Company’s management believes that investors may use these non-GAAP measures to analyze the Company’s performance without the impact of unusual items or events that may obscure trends in the Company’s underlying performance. This non-GAAP data should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, and is not a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP results. Credit/debit card and ATM fees increased $4.2 million, or 16%, in 2016 compared to 2015 reflecting growth as well as the impact of new products and expanded revenue sources. Wealth management income grew $3.8 million, or 17%, in 2016 compared to 2015 reflecting growth in several business lines, with particular strength in trustee securitization appointments, family office services, and financial planning. Fees from mortgage banking activities increased $1.5 million or 26% when compared to 2015 reflecting strong growth provided by WSFS Mortgage. Fees for cash management and other services in our cash connect segment increased $1.2 million, due to several new services and product enhancements. Lastly, deposit service charges increased slightly compared to 2015, primarily due to growth in deposit accounts. Wealth management income grew $4.5 million, or 26%, in 2015 compared to 2014 reflecting growth in several trustee securitization appointments and retail business lines, with particular strength in bankruptcy administration, brokerage services. Fees from mortgage banking activities increased $1.9 million or 48% when compared to 2014 reflecting strong growth provided by WSFS Mortgage. Credit/debit card and ATM fees increased $1.6 million, or 7%, in 2015 compared to 2014 reflecting organic growth and new product offerings. Lastly, deposit service charges decreased slightly compared to 2014 due to changes in the regulatory environment and customer behavior. Noninterest Expenses Noninterest expense in 2016 increased $22.5 million to $186.0 million from $163.5 million in 2015. Excluding the non-routine and other one-time items listed in the table below, noninterest expense increased $22.2 million, or 14%, to $177.4 million in 2016 from $155.2 million in 2015. 50 Noninterest expense in 2015 increased $16.9 million to $163.5 million from $146.6 million in 2014. Excluding the non-routine and other one-time items listed in the table below, noninterest expense increased $12.6 million, or 9%, to $155.2 million in 2015 from $142.6 million in 2014. (Dollars in thousands) Noninterest expenses (GAAP) Less: Debt extinguishment costs Corporate development costs (1) Twelve months ended December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 $185,960 — (8,529) $163,459 (651) (7,620) $146,645 — (4,031) Adjusted noninterest expenses (non-GAAP) (2) $177,431 $155,188 $142,614 (1) Corporate development costs were largely attributable to our acquisitions of Penn Liberty, Powdermill and West Capital in 2016, Alliance in 2015, and FNBW in 2014. (2) The Company uses non-GAAP financial information in its analysis of its performance. The Company’s management believes that these non-GAAP measures provide a greater understanding of ongoing operations, enhance comparability of results of operations with prior periods and show the effects of significant gains and charges in the periods presented. The Company’s management believes that investors may use these non-GAAP measures to analyze the Company’s performance without the impact of unusual items or events that may obscure trends in the Company’s underlying performance. This non-GAAP data should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, and is not a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP results. Contributing to the $22.2 million increase in adjusted noninterest expense in 2016 was ongoing operating costs from the addition of Penn Liberty, Powdermill, and West Capital as well as the full year impact of the acquisition of Alliance in October 2015. Also contributing to the increase was higher compensation and related costs due to added staff to support the company’s overall growth. The $12.6 million increase in noninterest expense in 2015 was primarily the result of increased compensation expense tied to organic and acquisition growth as well as improved core performance. Also contributing to the increase were increased operating costs to support the infrastructure from our significant organic and acquisition growth, and the ongoing operating costs from the addition of the Alliance franchise in early October 2015. Income Taxes We recorded $33.1 million of income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to income tax expense of $30.3 million and $18.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In 2013, we recorded a deferred tax asset and corresponding valuation allowance in connection with the consolidation of the reverse mortgage trust. During early 2014, this valuation allowance was removed and the consolidation resulted in a $6.7 million tax benefit in 2014. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were 34.0%, 36.1%, and 25.9%, respectively. Excluding the 2014 tax item, the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 35.2%. Volatility in effective tax rates is impacted by the level of pretax income or loss, combined with the amount of tax-free income as well as the effects of stock compensation tax benefits, consistent with our adoption during 2016 of ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, Compensation - Stock Compensation, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes that are currently payable or deferred because of temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax reporting basis of the assets and liabilities. For additional information, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. SEGMENT INFORMATION For financial reporting purposes, our business has three reporting segments: WSFS Bank, Cash Connect, and Wealth Management. The WSFS Bank segment provides loans and other financial products to commercial and retail customers. Cash Connect provides turnkey ATM services through strategic partnerships with several of the largest networks, manufacturers and service providers in the ATM industry as well as smart safe and other cash logistics services in the U.S. The Wealth Management segment provides a broad array of fiduciary, investment management, credit and deposit products to clients. 51 WSFS Bank Segment The WSFS Bank segment income before taxes grew $14.4 million or 23%, in 2016 compared to 2015 due primarily to an increase in external net interest income of $33.9 million or 19%, reflecting positive performance in our portfolio of purchased loans, improvement in our balance sheet mix, and strong organic and acquisition growth. The increase in net interest income was partially offset by an increase in external operating expenses of $17.4 million or 14%, primarily driven by increased compensation expense tied to organic and acquisition growth as well as improved core performance and a $1.9 million increase in the provision for loan losses, primarily driven by our exit of a substandard C&I relationship and the associated charge-off. Also contributing to the increase in operating expenses were increased costs to support the infrastructure from the segment’s significant organic and acquisition growth. The WSFS Bank segment income before taxes grew $10.2 million or 19%, in 2015 compared to 2014 due primarily to an increase in external net interest income reflecting positive performance in our portfolio of purchased loans, improvement in our balance sheet mix, as well as strong organic and acquisition growth. The increase in net interest income was partially offset by an increase in external operating expenses driven by increased compensation expense tied to organic and acquisition growth as well as improved core performance. Also contributing to the increase in operating expenses were increased costs to support the infrastructure from the segment’s significant organic and acquisition growth. Cash Connect Segment The Cash Connect segment income before taxes grew $0.6 million, or 8%, in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to a $4.7 million, or 16%, increase in external fee income reflecting overall growth of the segment’s business. The year- over-year increase in fee income was partially offset by a $2.5 million, or 14%, increase in external operating expenses primarily due to increased investments for several new services and product enhancements to our fee-based managed services and smart safe offerings which continue to both diversify and expand revenue sources. The 2016 internal operating expenses also saw a $1.4 million or 84% increase when compared to 2015. At December 31, 2016 Cash Connect had over $1.0 billion in total cash managed compared to $581 million at December 31, 2015. At year-end 2016, Cash Connect serviced over 20,000 non-bank ATMs and over 800 retail smart safes nationwide compared to 16,000 ATMS and only 100 smart safes at year-end 2015. The Cash Connect segment income before taxes grew $0.4 million, or 7%, in 2015 compared to 2014 due primarily to a $2.7 million, or 11%, increase in external fee income reflecting growth of the segment through continued market penetration of its core business offerings of ATM vault cash and related total cash management services. The increase in fee income was partially offset by a $1.8 million, or 12%, increase in external operating expenses reflecting investments in new products and infrastructure to support growth. During 2015, Cash Connect introduced “WSFS Mobile Cash”, which allows customers to securely withdraw cash from ATMs by using our WSFS Mobile Bank App, and launched a new smart safe service that allows merchants to place their cash into a smart safe which communicates the amount of cash deposited to Cash Connect. Wealth Management Segment The Wealth Management segment income before taxes decreased $1.7 million, or 14% in 2016 in comparison with 2015. External fee income increased $3.9 million, or 17%, reflecting growth in several business lines as well as the positive impact of our combinations with Powdermill and West Capital. The growth in fee income was offset by (i) an increase in the provision for loan losses of $3.3 million, due to a private banking credit exposure granted under a business development initiative which resulted in a charge-off of $3.5 million and incremental loan loss provision, as well as (ii) an increase of $2.6 million or 15% in external operating expense compared to 2015, which was primarily due to higher ongoing operating expenses to support the Powdermill and West Capital acquisitions and overall business growth. The Wealth Management segment income before taxes grew $0.6 million, or 5%, in 2015 compared to 2014. External fee income grew $4.7 million, or 26%, reflecting growth in several business lines, with particular strength in bankruptcy administration, trustee securitization appointments and retail brokerage services. The growth in fee income was offset by an increase in external operating expenses primarily due to increased legal and consulting fees and higher compensation expense to support the significant growth and volume-related commissions and transaction charges. Total net interest income increased $1.1 million, or 10%, when compared to 2014, due primarily to growth in Private Banking and the partnership with WSFS Mortgage/Array Financial in the delivery of mortgage products to Private Banking clients. 52 Segment financial information for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 is provided in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this report. FINANCIAL CONDITION Our total assets increased $1.2 billion, or 21%, to $6.8 billion as of December 31, 2016, compared to $5.6 billion as of December 31, 2015. Net loans increased $682.7 million or 19% primarily due to organic and acquisition-related growth in our loan portfolio. Cash and cash equivalents increased $260.7 million, or 46%, primarily due to cash managed by Cash Connect in non-owned ATMs, which increased $220.5 million or 46% year over year. Goodwill increased $82.3 million, or 97% in comparison with prior year, due to our acquisitions of Penn Liberty, Powdermill, and West Capital during 2016. Investment securities available for sale increased $73.5 million, primarily as a result of purchases of mortgage-backed securities which is consistent with the overall growth of our balance sheet and prudent portfolio management. Total liabilities increased $1.1 billion during the year to $6.1 billion at December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily the result of an increase in total customer deposits of $721.9 million or 18% which includes deposits acquired from the Penn Liberty acquisition and organic core deposit growth. FHLB advances also increased $184.7 million or 28% to fund the growth in our balance sheet assets, including our loan portfolio. Senior debt increased by $98.4 million which reflects the issuance of our unsecured senior notes in June 2016. Cash in non-owned ATMs During 2016, cash managed by Cash Connect to $698.5 million. At December 31, 2016, Cash Connect serviced over 20,000 ATMs as well as 446 WSFS-owned ATMs to serve customers in our markets. in non-owned ATMs increased $220.5 million, or 46%, Investment Securities, available for sale Investment securities, available for sale increased $73.5 million to $794.5 million during 2016. This was primarily due to an increase in mortgage-backed securities. Growth of our mortgage-backed securities was consistent with prudent portfolio and net interest margin management. Investment Securities, held to maturity Investment securities, held to maturity decreased $1.5 million to $164.3 million during 2016. This decrease was mainly due to municipal bonds calls during 2016. Loans held for sale Loans held for sale are recorded at fair value and increased $13.0 million to $54.8 million primarily due to overall growth in our mortgage business. Loans, net Net loans increased $692.7 million, or 19%, during 2016, primarily due to organic and acquisition-related growth in our loan portfolio. Loan growth included commercial and industrial loan growth of $424.2 million, or 22%, commercial real estate growth of $196.7 million or 20%, and consumer loan growth of $90.6 million, or 25%. Reverse Mortgage Related Assets Reverse mortgage related assets are comprised of reverse mortgage loans. For additional information on these reverse mortgage related assets, see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 53 Goodwill and Intangibles Goodwill and intangibles increased $96.0 million during 2016, primarily as a result of our acquisitions of Penn Liberty, Powdermill, and West Capital in 2016. For additional information on goodwill and intangibles, see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Customer Deposits Customer deposits increased $739.8 million, or 19%, during 2016 to $4.6 billion. Core deposit relationships increased $733.6 million, or 22% and customer time deposits increased $6.2 million, or 1%, primarily due to organic growth as well as deposits acquired from Penn Liberty in the third quarter of 2016. The table below depicts the changes in customer deposits during the last three years: (Dollars in millions) Beginning balance Interest credited Deposit inflows (outflows), net Ending balance Borrowings and Brokered Deposits Year Ended December 31, 2016 2015 2014 $3,860 9 731 $3,462 7 391 $3,018 7 437 $4,600 $3,860 $3,462 Borrowings and brokered deposits increased by $316.6 million during 2016. Included in the increase was a $184.7 million increase in FHLB advances, which was primarily due to loan growth and a $98.3 million increase in senior debt, reflecting our issuance of $100 million of unsecured senior notes in June 2016. Stockholders’ Equity Stockholders’ equity increased $106.9 million, or 18%, to $580.5 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $489.1 million at December 31, 2015. Capital in excess of par value increased $73.0 million, primarily due to stock issued to complete the Penn Liberty acquisition. Retained earnings increased $56.4 million, or 10%, to $627.1 million during 2016, primarily as a result of earnings from the year less dividends paid. These increases were partially offset by $14.3 million related to common stock share buybacks during 2016. ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT Our primary asset/liability management goal is to optimize long term net interest income opportunities within the constraints of managing interest rate risk, ensuring adequate liquidity and funding and maintaining a strong capital base. In general, interest rate risk is mitigated by closely matching the maturities or repricing periods of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities to ensure a favorable interest rate spread. We regularly review our interest-rate sensitivity, and use a variety of strategies as needed to adjust that sensitivity within acceptable tolerance ranges established by management and the Board of Directors. Changing the relative proportions of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate assets and liabilities is one of our primary strategies to accomplish this objective. The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed using a number of methods including by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest-rate sensitive” and by monitoring our interest-sensitivity gap. An interest- sensitivity gap is considered positive when the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities repricing within a defined period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets repricing within a defined period. For additional information related to interest rate sensitivity, see Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. 54 The repricing and maturities of our interest-rate sensitive assets and interest-rate sensitive liabilities at December 31, 2016 are shown in the following table: (Dollars in thousands) Interest-rate sensitive assets: Commercial loans (2)(3) Real estate loans (1) (2) Mortgage-backed securities Consumer loans (2) Investment securities Loans held for sale (2) Reverse mortgage loans Total Assets Interest-rate sensitive liabilities: Money market and interest-bearing demand deposits FHLB advances Savings accounts Retail certificates of deposit Brokered certificates of deposit Other borrowed funds Jumbo certificates of deposit Trust preferred securities Senior notes Total Liabilities Off Balance Sheet: Total off balance sheet Less than One Year One to Five Years Over Five Years Total $1,567,707 $ 569,936 $ 208,587 $2,346,230 1,682,748 1,009,538 772,074 80,515 409,536 330,915 235,549 56,022 54,782 54,782 22,583 1,976 444,619 241,710 46,605 90,575 — 10,826 228,591 449,849 32,016 88,952 — 9,781 3,101,455 1,404,271 1,017,776 5,523,502 1,451,014 807,325 273,647 221,556 135,514 130,000 184,517 67,011 54,086 — 46,911 — 180,639 3,287 — 40,991 — 97,964 763,040 — 273,647 3,400 — — 853 — — 2,214,054 854,236 547,294 405,595 138,801 130,000 226,361 67,011 152,050 3,324,670 369,792 1,040,940 4,735,402 (75,000) 50,000 25,000 — Excess (deficiency) of interest-rate sensitive assets over interest-rate liabilities (“interest-rate sensitive gap”) $ (298,215) $1,084,479 $ 1,836 $ 788,100 One-year interest-rate sensitive assets/interest-rate sensitive liabilities One-year interest-rate sensitive gap as a percent of total assets (1) (2) Loan balances exclude nonaccruing loans, deferred fees and costs (3) Assumes two-thirds of loans in process are variable and will reprice within one-year Includes commercial mortgage, construction, and residential mortgage loans 91.03% -4.41% Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest income while a negative gap would adversely affect net interest income. Conversely, during a period of falling rates, a positive gap would result in a decrease in net interest income while a negative gap would augment net interest income. However, the interest-sensitivity table does not provide a comprehensive representation of the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income. Each category of assets or liabilities will not be affected equally or simultaneously by changes in the general level of interest rates. Even assets and liabilities which contractually reprice within the rate period may reprice at the same price, at the same time or with the same frequency. It is also important to consider that the table represents a specific point in time. Variations can occur as we adjust our interest-sensitivity position throughout the year. To provide a more accurate position of our one-year gap, certain deposit classifications are based on the interest-rate sensitive attributes and not on the contractual repricing characteristics of these deposits. For the purpose of this analysis, we estimate, based on historical trends of our deposit accounts, that 75% of our money market deposits, 50% of our interest-bearing demand deposits and 50% of our savings deposits are sensitive to interest rate changes. Accordingly, these interest-sensitive portions are classified in the “Less than One Year” category with the remainder in the “Over Five Years” category. Deposit rates other than time deposit rates are variable. Changes in deposit rates are generally subject to local market conditions and our discretion and are not indexed to any particular rate. 55 NONPERFORMING ASSETS Nonperforming assets (NPAs) include nonaccruing loans, nonperforming real estate, other real estate owned and restructured commercial, mortgage and home equity consumer debt. Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in the opinion of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and the value of the collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest. Past due loans are defined as loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments but which remain in accrual status because they are considered well secured and in the process of collection. The following table shows our nonperforming assets and past due loans at the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) At December 31, Nonaccruing loans: Commercial Owner-occupied commercial Commercial mortgages Construction Residential mortgages Consumer Total nonaccruing loans Other real estate owned Restructured loans (1) Total nonperforming assets (NPAs) Past due loans: Residential mortgages Commercial and commercial mortgages (3) Consumer Total past due loans 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 $ 2,015 2,078 9,821 — 4,967 3,995 22,876 3,591 14,336 $ 5,328 1,091 3,326 — 7,287 4,133 21,165 5,080 13,647 $ 2,706 2,475 8,245 — 7,068 3,557 24,051 5,734 22,600 $ 4,305 5,197 8,565 1,158 8,432 3,293 30,950 4,532 12,332 $ 4,861 14,001 12,634 1,547 9,989 4,728 47,760 4,622 10,093 $40,803 $39,892 $52,385 $47,814 $62,475 $ $ 153 — 285 438 $ 251 17,529 252 $ — $ — — $18,032 $ — $ 533 — — 533 $ $ 786 — — 786 Ratio of nonaccruing loans to total loans (2) Ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans (2) Ratio of NPA to total assets Ratio of NPA (excluding accruing TDR) to total assets Ratio of loan loss allowance to nonaccruing loans (1) Accruing loans only. Nonaccruing TDRs are included in their respective categories of nonaccruing loans. (2) Total loans exclude loans held for sale. (3) 0.51% 0.56% 0.89 0.60 0.39 173.77 0.98 0.71 0.47 175.27 Includes owner-occupied commercial 0.75% 1.23 1.08 0.61 163.93 1.05% 1.40 1.06 0.79 133.26 1.73% 1.58 1.43 1.20 91.96 Nonperforming assets increased $0.9 million between December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016. As a result of an increase in total assets, nonperforming assets, as a percentage of total assets, decreased from 0.71% at December 31, 2015 to 0.60% at December 31, 2016. The increase in nonperforming assets is primarily due to an increase in the Commercial mortgage category, which was partially offset by substantial decreases in most other loan categories. While acquisition activity added non-performing assets, payoffs, charge-offs and OREO sales, in addition to the changes mentioned above, more than offset these additions. The balance of loans accruing but 90 days or greater past due, at December 31, 2016 decreased by approximately $17.6 million compared to December 31, 2015. This was due to the exit of one long time problem commercial relationship during 2016. 56 The following table provides an analysis of the change in the balance of nonperforming assets during the last three years: (Dollars in thousands) Beginning balance Additions Collections Transfers to accrual Charge-offs/write-downs Ending balance Year Ended December 31, 2016 2015 2014 $ 39,892 42,101 (28,191) (681) (12,318) $ 52,385 12,897 (14,167) (95) (11,128) $ 47,814 38,322 (25,111) (96) (8,544) $ 40,803 $ 39,892 $ 52,385 The timely identification of problem loans is a key element in our strategy to manage our loan portfolio. Timely identification enables us to take appropriate action and, accordingly, minimize losses. An asset review system established to monitor the asset quality of our loans and investments in real estate portfolios facilitates the identification of problem assets. In general, this system utilizes guidelines established by federal regulation. At December 31, 2016, we did not have a material amount of loans not classified as non-accrual, 90 days past due or restructured where known information regarding possible credit problems caused us to have serious concerns about the borrower’s ability to comply with present loan repayment terms thereby resulting in a change of classification to non-accrual, 90 days past due or restructured. As of December 31, 2016, we had $87.5 million of loans which, although performing at that date, required increased supervision and review. They may, depending on the economic environment and other factors, become nonperforming assets in future periods. The amount of such loans at December 31, 2015 was $79.9 million. The majority of these loans are secured by commercial real estate, with others being secured by residential real estate, inventory and receivables. Allowance for Loan Losses We maintain an allowance for loan losses and charge losses to this allowance when such losses are realized. We established our loan loss allowance in accordance with guidance provided in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102 (SAB 102). and FASB ASC 450, Contingencies (ASC 450). When we have reason to believe it is probable that we will not be able to collect all contractually due amounts of principal and interest, loans are evaluated for impairment on an individual basis and a specific allocation of the allowance is assigned in accordance with ASC 310-10. We also maintain an allowance for loan losses on acquired loans when: (i) there is deterioration in credit quality subsequent to acquisition for loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, and, (ii) for loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 the inherent losses in the loans exceed the remaining credit discount recorded at the time of acquisition. The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires significant judgment reflecting our best estimate of impairment related to specifically identified impaired loans as well as probable loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of these portfolios. For additional information regarding the allowance for loan losses, see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The allowance for loan losses of $39.8 million at December 31, 2016 increased $0.8 million from $39.0 million at December 31, 2015 and increased $2.7 million from $37.1 million at December 31, 2014. The allowance for loan losses to total gross loans ratio was 0.89% at December 31, 2016, compared to 0.98% at December 31, 2015 and 1.23% at December 31, 2014. The following points reflect the status of key credit quality metrics and the impact of acquired loans: • Total problem loans (all criticized, classified, and non-performing loans) were 27.7% of Tier 1 Capital plus allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2016, compared to 24.1% at December 31, 2015 and 26.2% at December 31, 2014. • Nonperforming loans increased to $22.9 million at December 31, 2016 from $21.2 million at December 31, 2015 and decreased from $24.1 million at December 31, 2014. 57 • Loans acquired with the Penn Liberty acquisition were recorded at fair value. As a result, loans increased with no corresponding increase in the allowance. This served to lower the allowance for loan losses to total gross loans. Excluding acquired loans, our allowance for loan losses to total gross loans was 1.08% at December 31, 2016. • Total loan delinquency decreased to $22.2 million and was 0.50% of total loans as of December 31, 2016, compared to $43.7 million and 1.17% of total loans as of December 31, 2015 and $17.5 million and 0.55% of total loans as of December 31, 2014. • Net charge-offs were $10.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 compared to $10.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 and $5.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. The table below represents a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses during the periods indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Year Ended December 31, Beginning balance Provision for loan losses Charge-offs: Commercial Mortgage Construction Commercial Owner-occupied Commercial Residential real estate Consumer Overdrafts Total charge-offs (1) Recoveries: Commercial Mortgage Construction Commercial Owner-occupied Commercial Residential real estate Consumer Overdrafts Total recoveries Net charge-offs Ending balance 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 $37,089 12,986 $39,426 7,790 $41,244 3,580 $43,922 7,172 $53,080 32,053 422 57 5,052 1,556 88 5,456 696 1,135 146 6,303 738 548 2,555 670 13,327 12,095 322 484 594 117 254 973 259 222 185 301 77 226 680 277 3,003 1,968 10,324 10,127 425 88 3,587 1,085 811 1,982 873 8,851 202 242 1,611 249 168 528 453 3,453 5,398 1,915 1,749 2,636 1,225 1,226 3,905 1,008 6,517 10,820 12,806 5,076 3,857 5,613 1,113 13,664 45,802 685 989 1,003 128 122 483 404 3,814 9,850 405 1,761 1,536 13 176 337 363 4,591 41,211 $39,751 $37,089 $39,426 $41,244 $43,922 Net charge-offs to average gross loans outstanding, net of unearned income 0.25% 0.29% 0.18% 0.33% 1.49% (1) Total charge-offs for 2012 includes $16.4 million related to our Asset Strategies completed during 2012. 58 The allowance for loan losses is allocated by major portfolio type. As these portfolios have seasoned, they have become a source of historical data in projecting delinquencies and loss exposure. However, such allocations are not a guarantee of when future losses may occur and/or the actual amount of losses. While we have allocated the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type in the following table, the entire reserve is available for any loan category to utilize. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type at the end of each of the last five years and the percentage of outstanding loans in each category to total gross loans outstanding at such dates is shown in the table below: At December 31, (Dollars in thousands) Commercial mortgage Construction Commercial Owner-occupied commercial Residential real estate Consumer Complexity Risk (1) 2016 2014 Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent 2013 2015 2012 $ 8,915 2,838 13,339 6,588 2,059 6,012 0.20 0.06 0.30 0.15 0.05 0.14 — — $ 6,487 3,521 11,156 6,670 2,281 5,964 1,010 0.17% $ 7,266 2,596 0.09 12,837 0.30 6,643 0.18 2,523 0.06 6,041 0.16 1,520 0.03 0.23% $ 6,932 3,326 0.08 12,751 0.40 7,638 0.20 3,078 0.08 6,494 0.19 1,025 0.05 0.24% $ 8,079 6,456 0.11 13,663 0.43 6,108 0.26 3,124 0.10 5,631 0.22 861 0.04 0.29% 0.24 0.49 0.22 0.11 0.20 0.03 Total $39,751 0.90% $37,089 0.99% $39,426 1.23% $41,244 1.40% $43,922 1.58% (1) In 2016, the Company removed its Complexity Risk factor from its allowance for loan loss calculation. CAPITAL RESOURCES Under new guidelines issued by banking regulators to reflect the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III international capital standards, beginning January 1, 2015, savings institutions such as WSFS Bank must maintain a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%, a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk- weighted assets of 6.0%, a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory actions and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements. capital established five Regulators have tiers: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, under-capitalized, significantly under-capitalized, and critically under-capitalized. A depository institution’s capital tier depends upon its capital levels in relation to various relevant capital measures, which include leveraged and risk-based capital measures and certain other factors. Depository institutions that are not classified as well-capitalized are subject to various restrictions regarding capital distributions, payment of management fees, acceptance of brokered deposits and other operating activities. Under the Prompt Corrective Action framework of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act, institutions that are not classified as well-capitalized are subject to various restrictions regarding capital distributions, payment of management fees, acceptance of brokered deposits and other operating activities. At December 31, 2016, WSFS Bank was in compliance with regulatory capital requirements and all of its regulatory ratios exceeded “well-capitalized” regulatory benchmarks. WSFS Bank’s December 31, 2016 common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 11.19%, Tier 1 capital ratio of 11.19%, total risk based capital ratio of 11.93% and Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 9.66%, all remain substantially in excess of “well-capitalized” regulatory benchmarks, the highest regulatory capital rating. In addition, and not included in Bank capital, the holding company held $103.6 million in cash to support potential dividends, acquisitions and strategic growth plans. The revised capital rules also establishes a new capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier 1 capital, above the regulatory minimum capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer began being phased in on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increase each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The revised capital rules also increase the risk-based measures for a savings institution to be considered “well capitalized” under the Prompt Corrective Action framework. 59 Since 1996, the Board of Directors has approved several stock repurchase programs to acquire common stock outstanding. We repurchased 449,371 and 1,152,233 shares of common stock in 2016 and 2015 respectively. We held 24.6 million shares and 26.2 million shares of our common stock as treasury shares at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2016, we had 951,194 shares remaining under our current share repurchase authorization. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the Company’s three-for-one stock split in May 2015. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS We have no off balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. For a description of certain financial instruments to which we are party and which expose us to certain credit risk not recognized in our financial statements, see Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS At December 31, 2016, we had contractual obligations relating to operating leases, long-term debt, data processing and credit obligations. These obligations are summarized below. See Notes 8, 11 and 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. Contractual Obligations (Dollars in thousands) Total 2017 2018-2019 2020-2021 2022 and Beyond Commitments to extend credit (1) FHLB advances Principal payments on long term debt (2) Interest payments on long term debt (3) Operating lease obligations Data processing obligations $1,214,553 854,236 155,000 52,204 219,495 13,149 $1,214,553 807,325 — 7,938 10,546 4,687 $ — $ — $ — — 100,000 20,250 167,365 — 46,911 55,000 15,016 21,082 7,223 — — 9,000 20,502 1,239 Total $2,508,637 $2,045,049 $145,232 $30,741 $287,615 (1) Includes loan commitments and commercial standby letters of credit. Does not reflect commitments to sell residential mortgages. (2) Based on contractual maturity. The 2012 senior debt, maturing in 2019, is redeemable by us on September 1, 2017 or on any interest payment date thereafter. The senior unsecured notes, maturing in 2026, are redeemable on June 15, 2021 or on any interest payment date thereafter. To calculate payments due for interest, we assumed that interest rates were unchanged from December 31, 2016 through maturity. (3) IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased costs of our operations. Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or the same extent as the price of goods and services. 60 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are prepared in conformity with GAAP. The significant accounting policies of the Company are described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. We regularly evaluate these estimates and assumptions including those related to the allowance for loan losses, investments in reverse mortgages, deferred taxes, fair value measurements, goodwill and other intangible assets and hedging activities. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other factors and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These form the basis for making judgments on the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The following are critical accounting policies that involve more significant judgments and estimates. The Company has reviewed these critical accounting policies and estimates with the Audit Committee. Allowance for Loan Losses We maintain an allowance for loan losses (“allowance”) which represents our best estimate of probable losses within our loan portfolio. As losses are realized, they are charged to this allowance. We established our allowance in accordance with guidance provided in the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102 (SAB 102), Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 450, Contingencies (ASC 450) and ASC 310, Receivables (“ASC 310”). The allowance includes two primary components: (i) an allowance established on loans collectively evaluated for impairment (general allowance), and (ii) an allowance established on loans individually evaluated for impairment (specific allowance). In addition, we also maintained an allowance for acquired loans. The general allowance is calculated on a pooled loan basis using both quantitative and qualitative factors in accordance with ASC 450. The specific allowance is calculated on an individual loan basis when collectability of all contractually due principal and interest is no longer believed to be probable. This calculation is in accordance with ASC 310-10. Lastly, the allowance related to acquired loans is calculated when (i) there was deterioration in credit quality subsequent to acquisition for loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, and (ii) the inherent losses in the loans exceed the remaining credit discount recorded at the time of acquisition for loans accounted for under ASC 310-20. We consider the determination of the allowance for loan losses to be critical because it requires significant judgment reflecting our best estimate of impairment related to specifically evaluated impaired loans as well as the inherent risk of loss for those in the remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of the portfolio, with consideration given to evaluations resulting from examinations performed by regulatory authorities. Business Combinations We account for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting and record the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, consideration paid, and any non-controlling interests of the acquired business at fair value at the acquisition date. The excess of consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. The fair values are preliminary estimates subject to adjustments during the measurement period, which does not exceed one year after acquisition. The application of business combination principles, including the determination of the fair value of net assets acquired, requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions. See discussion of Goodwill and Intangible Assets elsewhere in this section for further information. 61 Investment in Reverse Mortgages We account for our investment in reverse mortgages in accordance with the instructions provided by the staff of the SEC entitled “Accounting for Pools of Uninsured Residential Reverse Mortgage Contracts” which requires grouping the individual reverse mortgages into “pools” and recognizing income based on the estimated effective yield of the pool. We consider our accounting policies on our investment in reverse mortgages to be critical because when computing the effective yield we must project the cash inflows and outflows of the pool including actuarial projections of the life expectancy of the individual contract holder and changes in the collateral values of the residence. At each reporting date, a new economic forecast is made of the cash inflows and outflows of each pool of reverse mortgages; the effective yield of each pool is recomputed, and income is adjusted retroactively and prospectively to reflect the revised rate of return. Accordingly, due to this market-value based accounting, the recorded value of reverse mortgage assets includes estimates, and income recognition can vary between reporting periods. Deferred Taxes We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires the recording of deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We consider our accounting policies on deferred taxes to be critical because we regularly assess the need for valuation allowances on deferred income tax assets that may result from, among other things, limitations imposed by Internal Revenue Code and uncertainties, including the timing of settlement and realization of these differences. A valuation allowance was not required as of December 31, 2016. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, for further discussion of the valuation allowance. Fair Value Measurements ASC 820-10 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) defines fair value and establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP. We consider our accounting policies related to fair value measurements to be critical because they are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and they require our subjective and complex judgment as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Goodwill and Intangible Assets We account for intangible assets in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) and ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”). Intangible assets resulting from acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting consist of goodwill and other intangible assets. We consider our accounting policies on goodwill and other intangible assets to be critical because they require the Company to make significant judgments, particularly with respect to estimating the fair value of each reporting unit and when required, estimating the fair value of net assets. The estimates utilize historical data, cash flows, and market and industry data specific to each reporting unit as well as projected data. Industry and market data are used to develop material assumptions such as transaction multiples, required rates of return, control premiums, transaction costs and synergies of a transaction, and capitalization. Goodwill is not amortized and is subject to periodic impairment testing. We review goodwill for impairment annually and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Other intangible assets with finite lives, as more fully described in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, are obtained through acquisitions and amortized over their estimated useful lives. We review other intangible assets with finite lives for impairment if events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Recent Accounting Pronouncements For information on Recent Accounting Pronouncements see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 62 ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK The matching of maturities or repricing periods of interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities to promote a favorable interest rate spread and mitigate exposure to fluctuations in interest rates is our primary tool for achieving our asset/ liability management strategies. We regularly review our interest-rate sensitivity and adjust the sensitivity within our acceptable tolerance ranges. At December 31, 2016 interest-bearing liabilities exceeded interest-earning assets that mature or reprice within one year (interest-sensitive gap) by approximately $298.2 million. Our interest-sensitive assets as a percentage of interest-sensitive liabilities within one-year decreased from 103.9% at December 31, 2015 to 91.03% at December 31, 2016. Likewise, the one-year interest-sensitive gap as a percentage of total assets changed to (4.41%) at December 31, 2016 from 1.96% at December 31, 2015. The change in sensitivity since December 31, 2015 was the result of the current interest rate environment and our continuing effort to effectively manage interest rate risk. Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in our lending, investing and funding activities. To that end, we actively monitor and manage our interest rate risk exposure. The following table shows the estimated impact of immediate changes in interest rates on our net interest margin and economic value of equity at the specified levels at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Change in Interest Rate (Basis Points) December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 % Change in Net Interest Margin (1) Economic Value of Equity (2) % Change in Net Interest Margin (1) Economic Value of Equity (2) 14.04% 14.09% 14.00% 13.80% 13.08% NMF NMF (1) The percentage difference between net interest income in a stable interest rate environment and net interest margin as projected under the various 13.96% 13.99% 13.81% 13.56% 12.72% NMF NMF 300 200 100 — -100 -200 (3) -300 (3) 3% 2% < 1% — % < 1% NMF NMF 6% 3% < 1% — % -1% NMF NMF rate change environments. (2) The economic value of equity ratio in a stable interest rate environment and the economic value of equity projected under the various rate change environments. (3) Sensitivity indicated by a decrease of 200 and 300 basis points is deemed not meaningful (NMF) given the low absolute level of interest rates at that time. Our primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income and capital, while maximizing the yield/cost spread on our asset/liability structure. We rely primarily on our asset/liability structure to control interest rate risk. We also engage in other business activities that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For example, mortgage banking revenues and expenses can fluctuate with changing interest rates. These fluctuations are difficult to model and estimate. 63 [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 64 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm The Board of Directors and Stockholders WSFS Financial Corporation: We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 1, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. /s/ KPMG LLP Philadelphia, Pennsylvania March 1, 2017 65 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS Year Ended December 31, (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Interest Income: Interest and fees on loans Interest on mortgage-backed securities Interest and dividends on investment securities Taxable Tax-exempt Interest on reverse mortgage loans Other interest income Interest Expense: Interest on deposits Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase Interest on trust preferred borrowings Interest on bonds payable Interest on senior debt Interest on other borrowings Net interest income Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Noninterest Income: Credit/debit card and ATM income Deposit service charges Wealth management income Mortgage banking activities, net Security gains, net Loan fee income Bank owned life insurance income Other income Noninterest Expense: Salaries, benefits and other compensation Occupancy expense Equipment expense Data processing and operations expenses Professional fees FDIC expenses Loan workout and OREO expenses Marketing expense Corporate development expense Early extinguishment of debt costs Other operating expense Income before taxes Income tax provision Net income Basic Diluted 2016 2015 2014 $189,198 15,754 $157,220 14,173 $137,048 13,511 321 4,551 5,147 1,607 241 3,431 5,299 2,212 238 3,047 5,129 1,364 216,578 182,576 160,337 9,421 4,707 606 1,622 — 6,356 121 7,165 3,008 360 1,362 — 3,766 115 7,151 2,427 1,051 1,321 15 3,766 99 22,833 15,776 15,830 193,745 12,986 166,800 7,790 144,507 3,580 180,759 159,010 140,927 29,899 17,734 25,691 7,434 2,369 2,066 919 16,243 102,355 95,983 16,646 10,368 6,275 9,142 2,606 1,681 3,020 8,529 — 31,710 25,702 16,684 21,884 5,896 1,478 1,834 776 14,001 88,255 83,908 15,121 8,448 5,949 7,737 2,853 1,108 3,002 7,620 651 27,062 24,129 17,071 17,364 3,994 1,037 1,921 700 12,062 78,278 76,387 14,192 7,705 6,105 6,797 2,653 2,542 2,403 4,031 — 23,830 185,960 163,459 146,645 97,154 33,074 83,806 30,273 72,560 18,803 $ 64,080 $ 53,533 $ 53,757 $ $ 2.12 2.06 $ $ 1.88 1.85 $ $ 1.98 1.93 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 66 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Year Ended December 31, (Dollars in thousands) Net Income Other comprehensive income: Net change in unrealized (losses) gains on investment securities available for sale Net unrealized (losses) gains arising during the period, net of tax (benefit) expense of ($2,968), ($868), and $14,781, respectively (1) Less: reclassification adjustment for net gains on sales realized in net income, net of tax expense of $900, $562, and $393, respectively 2016 2015 2014 $64,080 $53,533 $53,757 (4,838) (1,417) 24,118 (1,469) (916) (643) (6,307) (2,333) 23,475 Net change in securities held to maturity Amortization of unrealized gain on securities reclassified to held-to-maturity, net of tax expense of $248, $234, and $0, respectively (403) (412) — Net change in unfunded pension liability Change in unfunded pension liability related to unrealized gain (loss), prior service cost and transition obligation, net of tax expense (benefit) of $103, ($37), and $808, respectively Net change in cash flow hedge Net unrealized (loss) arising during the period, net of tax (benefit) of ($1,086), $0, $0, respectively Total other comprehensive (loss) income Total comprehensive income 169 (59) 1,319 (1,772) — — (8,313) (2,804) 24,794 $55,767 $50,729 $78,551 (1) 2014 includes $3.6 million (net of tax expense of $2.2 million) of other comprehensive income related to the transfer of available-for-sale securities to held-to-maturity securities. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements 67 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION December 31, (Dollars in thousands, except per share and share data) Assets: Cash and due from banks Cash in non-owned ATMs Interest-bearing deposits in other banks Total cash and cash equivalents Investment securities, available for sale (book value $807,761 and $724,072 for 2016 and 2015, respectively) Investment securities, held to maturity, at cost (fair value $ 163,232 and $167,743 for 2016 and 2015, respectively) Loans held for sale at fair value Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $39,751 at December 31, 2016 and $37,089 at December 31, 2015 Reverse mortgage loans Bank-owned life insurance Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, at cost Other real estate owned Accrued interest receivable Premises and equipment Goodwill Intangible assets Other assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Liabilities: Deposits: Noninterest-bearing demand Interest-bearing demand Money market Savings Time Jumbo certificates of deposit — customer Total customer deposits Brokered deposits Total deposits Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase Federal Home Loan Bank advances Trust preferred borrowings Senior debt Other borrowed funds Accrued interest payable Other liabilities Total liabilities 2016 2015 $ 119,929 $ 698,454 3,540 821,923 794,543 83,065 477,924 190 561,179 721,029 164,346 54,782 4,421,792 22,583 101,425 38,248 3,591 17,027 48,871 167,539 23,708 84,892 165,862 41,807 3,729,050 24,284 90,208 30,519 5,080 14,040 39,569 85,212 10,083 66,797 $6,765,270 $5,584,719 $1,266,306 $ 958,238 784,619 1,090,050 439,918 333,000 254,011 3,859,836 156,730 4,016,566 128,200 669,514 67,011 53,757 14,486 801 53,913 5,004,248 935,333 1,257,520 547,293 332,624 260,560 4,599,636 138,802 4,738,438 130,000 854,236 67,011 152,050 64,150 1,151 70,898 6,077,934 Stockholders’ Equity: Common stock $0.01 par value, 65,000,000 shares authorized; issued 55,995,219 at December 31, 2016 and 55,945,245 at December 31, 2015 Capital in excess of par value Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income Retained earnings Treasury stock at cost, 24,605,145 shares at December 31, 2016 and 26,182,401 shares at December 31, 2015 Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 580 329,457 (7,617) 627,078 (262,162) 687,336 560 256,435 696 570,630 (247,850) 580,471 $6,765,270 $5,584,719 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 68 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts) Balance, December 31, 2013 Net income Other comprehensive income Cash dividend, $0.17 per share Issuance of common stock including proceeds from exercise of common stock options Stock-based compensation expense Acquisition of FNBW Repurchase of Warrant Repurchases of common stock, 105,564 shares Common Stock Capital in Excess of Par Value Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income Retained Earnings Treasury Stock Total Stockholders’ Equity $556 — — — 1 — — — — $178,106 — — — $(21,294) $473,962 $(248,280) — 24,794 — 53,757 — (4,620) — — — $383,050 53,757 24,794 (4,620) 4,409 3,738 21,177 (6,300) — — — — — — — — — — — — — 11,731 — (2,686) 4,410 3,738 32,908 (6,300) (2,686) Balance, December 31, 2014 $557 $201,130 $ 3,500 $523,099 $(239,235) $489,051 Net income Other comprehensive loss Cash dividend, $0.21 per share Issuance of common stock including proceeds from exercise of common stock options Stock-based compensation expense Acquisition of Alliance Repurchase of common stock, 1,152,233 shares — — — 3 — — — — — — 4,047 2,957 48,301 — — (2,804) — 53,533 — (6,002) — — — — — — — — — — — — — 23,044 (31,659) 53,533 (2,804) (6,002) 4,050 2,957 71,345 (31,659) Balance, December 31, 2015 $560 $256,435 $ 696 $570,630 $(247,850) $580,471 Net income Other comprehensive loss Cash dividend, $0.25 per share Issuance of common stock including proceeds from exercise of common stock options Stock-based compensation expense Acquisition of Penn Liberty Repurchase of common stock, 449,371 shares — — — 2 — 18 — — — — 1,898 2,790 68,334 — — (8,313) — 64,080 (7,632) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — (14,312) 64,080 (8,313) (7,632) 1,900 2,790 68,352 (14,312) Balance, December 31, 2016 $580 $329,457 $ (7,617) $627,078 $(262,162) $687,336 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements 69 Year Ended December 31, 2016 2015 2014 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Dollars in thousands) Operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Provision for loan losses Depreciation of premises and equipment Amortization of fees and discounts, net Amortization of intangible assets Increase in accrued interest receivable Decrease (increase) in other assets Origination of loans held for sale Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale Gain on mortgage banking activity, net Gain on mark to market adjustment on trading securities Gain on sale of securities, net Reverse mortgage consolidation gain Stock-based compensation expense Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable Increase in other liabilities Loss on sale of OREO and valuation adjustments, net Increase in value of bank-owned life insurance Deferred income tax expense (benefit) Increase in capitalized interest, net $ 64,080 $ 53,533 $ 53,757 12,986 7,477 19,626 2,438 (2,009) 443 (366,859) 346,895 (7,434) — (2,369) — 3,046 350 3,709 313 (2,551) 5,370 (5,331) 7,790 6,333 18,490 1,847 (1,334) (1,643) (573,703) 563,588 (5,896) — (1,478) — 4,095 (203) 6,502 319 (776) 2,231 (5,518) 3,580 5,951 10,836 1,263 (984) (1,455) (230,841) 235,908 (3,994) — (1,037) — 4,535 (65) 2,054 144 (700) (5,664) (5,435) Net cash provided by operating activities 80,180 74,177 67,853 Investing activities: Maturities and calls of investment securities Sales of investment securities available for sale Purchases of investment securities available for sale Repayments of investment securities available for sale Purchases of investment securities held to maturity Repayments on reverse mortgages Disbursements for reverse mortgages Investment in non-marketable securities Net cash for business combinations Net increase in loans Purchases of stock of Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh Redemptions of stock of Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh Sales of OREO, net Investment in premises and equipment, net Net cash used for investing activities 2,890 201,580 (371,590) 85,200 (3,329) 8,337 (1,305) (387) 39,794 (224,604) (88,176) 80,447 4,423 (9,873) 5,551 192,933 (277,963) 100,485 (48,184) 11,393 (861) (3,589) 40,863 (285,694) (66,955) 59,714 4,828 (8,362) 4,572 229,515 (286,915) 79,006 (1,295) 14,677 (1,212) — 8,660 (86,618) (32,263) 44,854 5,191 (4,736) (276,593) (275,841) (26,564) (continued on next page) 70 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued) Year Ended December 31, 2016 2015 2014 (Dollars in thousands) Financing Activities: Net increase in demand and savings deposits Decrease in time deposits (Decrease) increase in brokered deposits (Decrease) increase in loan payable Repayment of securities sold under agreement to repurchase Repayment of reverse mortgage trust bonds payable Receipts from federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to repurchase Repayments of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to repurchase Receipts from FHLB advances Repayments of FHLB advances Repayment of long-term debt Dividends paid Issuance of common stock and exercise of common stock options Issuance of senior debt Repurchase of common stock warrants Buy back of common stock Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities Increase in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of year Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information: Cash paid in interest during the year Cash paid for income taxes, net Loans transferred to OREO Loans transferred to portfolio from held-for-sale at fair value Net change in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income Fair value of assets acquired, net of cash received Fair value of liabilities assumed Reissuance of treasury stock for acquisitions, net Investment securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity Non-cash goodwill adjustments, net $ 272,544 $ (51,416) (17,928) (370) — — $ 159,587 (103,710) (30,228) 61 (25,000) — 226,400 (23,906) 18,231 (370) — (21,990) 27,702,620 31,887,100 25,741,826 (27,700,820) 121,977,563 (121,792,841) (10,000) (7,632) 1,900 97,849 — (14,312) $ $ $ $ 457,157 260,744 561,179 821,923 22,483 24,825 2,251 12,919 (8,313) 534,375 589,632 — — 2,112 (31,862,125) 63,310,841 (63,047,221) (25,710,601) 78,831,426 (79,068,675) — (6,002) 3,160 — — (31,659) 254,804 53,140 508,039 561,179 15,978 23,404 3,725 (1,499) (2,804) 340,238 346,181 71,345 — 136 $ $ — (4,644) 3,613 — (6,300) (2,686) (17,676) 23,613 484,426 508,039 15,664 23,688 4,896 2,418 24,794 244,836 236,886 32,908 124,873 46 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements 71 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES The acronyms and abbreviations identified below are used in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and in other sections of this report. You may find it helpful to refer back to this page as you read this report. AICPA: American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Allowance or ALLL: Allowance for loan losses Alliance: Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania ASC: Accounting standard codification Associate: Employee ASU: Accounting standard update BCBS: Basel Committee on Banking Supervision C&I: Commercial & Industrial (loans) CMO: Collateralized mortgage obligation Cypress: Cypress Capital Management, LLC Dodd-Frank Act: Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 DTA: Deferred tax asset EPS: Earnings per share Exchange Act: Securities Exchange Act of 1934 FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Federal Reserve: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System FHLB: Federal Home Loan Bank FHLMC: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation FNMA: Federal National Mortgage Association GAAP: U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles GNMA: Government National Mortgage Association GSE: U.S. Government and government HPA: House Price Appreciation IRR: Internal Rate of Return MBS: Mortgage-backed securities Monarch: Monarch Entity Services, LLC NSFR: Net stable funding ratio OCC: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency OREO: Other real estate owned OTTI: Other-than-temporary impairment SEC: Securities and Exchange Commission TDR: Troubled debt restructuring Organization WSFS Financial Corporation (the Company or as a consolidated institution, we, our or us) is a savings and loan holding company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our principal wholly-owned subsidiary, Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (WSFS Bank or the Bank), is a federal savings bank organized under the laws of the U.S. which, at December 31, 2016, served customers primarily from our 77 offices located in Delaware (46), Pennsylvania (29), Virginia (1), and Nevada (1) and through our website at www.wsfsbank.com. In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions in 2017 could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. The accounting for the allowance for loan losses and reserves for lending related commitments, business combinations, goodwill, intangible assets, post-retirement benefit obligations, the fair value of financial instruments, reverse mortgage- related assets, income taxes and OTTI is subject to significant estimates. Among other effects, changes to these estimates could result in future impairments of investment securities, goodwill and intangible assets and establishment of the allowance and lending related commitments as well as increased post-retirement benefits expense. Basis of Presentation Our Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the parent company and its consolidated subsidiaries, WSFS Bank, WSFS Wealth Management, LLC (Powdermill), WSFS Capital Management, LLC (West Capital) and Cypress. We also have one unconsolidated subsidiary, WSFS Capital Trust III (the Trust). WSFS Bank has three wholly- owned subsidiaries, WSFS Wealth Investments, 1832 Holdings, Inc. and Monarch. WSFS Wealth Investments markets various third-party insurance and securities products to Bank customers through the Bank’s retail banking system. 1832 Holdings, Inc. was formed to hold certain debt and equity investment securities. Monarch provides commercial domicile services which include providing employees, directors, subleases and registered agent services in Delaware and Nevada. 72 Cypress was formed to provide asset management products and services. As a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm servicing high net worth individuals and institutions, it has approximately $677.9 million in assets under management at December 31, 2016, compared to approximately $637.8 million at December 31, 2015. WSFS Capital Trust III (the Trust) is our unconsolidated subsidiary, and was formed in 2005 to issue $67.0 million aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities. The proceeds from this issue were used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate WSFS Capital Trust I Preferred Securities (formerly, WSFS Capital Trust I). WSFS Capital Trust I invested all of the proceeds from the sale of the Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities in our Junior Subordinated Debentures. Whenever necessary, reclassifications have been made to the prior year’s Consolidated Financial Statements to conform to the current year’s presentation. All significant intercompany transactions were eliminated in consolidation. Common Stock Split In March 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted an amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, to increase the number of shares of common stock the Company is authorized to issue from 20,000,000, par value $0.01 to 65,000,000, par value $0.01. This amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the Company’s stockholders at the 2015 Annual Meeting held on April 30, 2015. In May 2015, the Company effected a three-for-one stock split in the form of a stock dividend to shareholders of record as of May 4, 2015. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split. We retroactively adjusted stockholders’ equity to reflect the stock split by reclassifying an amount equal to the par value, $0.01, of the additional shares arising from the split from capital in excess of par value to common stock, resulting in no net impact to stockholders’ equity on our Consolidated Statements of Condition. Cash and Cash Equivalents For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, cash in non-owned ATMs, amounts due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Debt and Equity Securities Investments in equity securities that have a readily determinable fair value and investments in debt securities are classified into three categories and accounted for as follows: • Debt securities with the positive intention to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and reported at amortized cost. • Debt and equity securities purchased with the intention of selling them in the near future are classified as “trading securities” and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. • Debt and equity securities not classified in either of the above are classified as “available-for-sale securities” and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of tax, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Debt and equity securities include MBS, municipal bonds, U.S. government and agency securities and certain equity securities. Premiums and discounts on MBS collateralized by residential 1-4 family loans are recognized in interest income using a level yield method over the period to expected maturity. Premiums and discounts on all other securities are recognized on a straight line basis over the period to expected maturity. The fair value of debt and equity securities is primarily obtained from third-party pricing services. Implicit in the valuation of MBS are estimated prepayments based on historical and current market conditions. 73 We follow ASC 320-10 “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities” that provides guidance related to accounting for recognition of other-than-temporary impairment for debt securities and expands disclosure requirements for other-than- temporarily impaired debt and equity securities. When we conclude an investment security is other than temporarily impaired, a loss for the difference between the investment security’s carrying value and its fair value may be recognized as a reduction to noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For an investment in a debt security, if we intend to sell the investment security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell it before recovery, an OTTI write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If we do not intend to sell the investment security and conclude that it is not more likely than not we will be required to sell the security before recovering the carrying value, which may be maturity, the OTTI charge is separated into “credit” and “other” components. The “other” component of the OTTI is included in other comprehensive income/ loss, net of the tax effect, and the “credit” component of the OTTI is included as a reduction to noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. We are required to use our judgment to determine impairment in certain circumstances. The specific identification method is used to determine realized gains and losses on sales of investment and mortgage-backed securities. All sales are made without recourse. For additional detail regarding debt and equity securities, see Note 3. Reverse Mortgage Loans We account for our investment in reverse mortgage loans in accordance with the instructions provided by the staff of the SEC entitled “Accounting for Pools of Uninsured Residential Reverse Mortgage Contracts,” which requires us to group the individual reverse mortgages into “pools” based on similar characteristics and recognize income based on the estimated effective yield of the pools. In computing the effective yield, we are required to project the cash inflows and outflows of the pool including actuarial projections of the life expectancy of the individual contract holder and changes in the collateral value of the residence. At each reporting date, a new economic forecast is made of the cash inflows and outflows of each pool of reverse mortgages. The effective yield of each pool is recomputed and income is adjusted to reflect the revised rate of return. Because of this highly specialized accounting, the recorded value of reverse mortgage loans can result in significant volatility associated with estimations. As a result, income recognition can vary significantly between reporting periods. For additional detail regarding reverse mortgage loans, see Note 7. Loans Loans are stated net of deferred fees and costs. Interest income on loans is recognized using the level yield method. Loan origination fees, commitment fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the related loans using a level yield method over the period to maturity. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future discounted cash flows, the market price of the loan or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. In addition, all loans restructured in a troubled debt restructuring are considered to be impaired. Impaired loans include loans within our commercial and industrial, owner-occupied commercial, commercial mortgage, construction, residential and consumer portfolios. Our policy for recognition of interest income on impaired loans, excluding accruing loans, is the same as for nonaccrual loans discussed below. In addition to originating loans, we occasionally acquire loans through acquisitions or loan purchase transactions. Some of these acquired loans may exhibit deteriorated credit quality that has occurred since origination and we may not expect to collect all contractual payments. We account for these purchased credit-impaired loans in accordance with ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. The loans are initially recorded at fair value on the acquisition date, reflecting the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected. Income recognition on these loans is based on a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of cash flows to be collected. Purchased credit impaired loans are evaluated for impairment on a quarterly basis with a complete updating of the estimated cash flows on a semi-annual basis and if a loan is determined to be impaired but considered collateral dependent, it will have no accretable yield. 74 For additional detail regarding impaired loans, see Note 6 and for additional detail regarding purchased credit- impaired loans see Note 5. Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans Past due loans are defined as loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments but which remain in accrual status because they are considered well secured and in the process of collection. Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in the opinion of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and the loan is not well secured and in the process of collection. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest. Loans are returned to an accrual status when we assess that the borrower has the ability to make all principal and interest payments in accordance with the terms of the loan (i.e. including a consistent repayment record, generally six consecutive payments, has been demonstrated). For additional detail regarding past due and nonaccrual loans, see Note 6. Allowance for Loan Losses We maintain an allowance for loan losses (“allowance”) which represents our best estimate of probable losses within our loan portfolio. As losses are realized, they are charged to the allowance. We established our allowance in accordance with guidance provided in the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102, Selected Loan Loss Allowance Methodology and Documentation Issues (SAB 102), Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 450, Contingencies (ASC 450) and ASC 310, Receivables (“ASC 310”). The allowance includes two primary components: (i) an allowance established on loans collectively evaluated for impairment (general allowance), and (ii) an allowance established on loans individually evaluated for impairment (specific allowance). In addition, we also maintain an allowance for acquired loans. The general allowance is calculated on a pooled loan basis using both quantitative and qualitative factors in accordance with ASC 450. The specific allowance is calculated on an individual loan basis when collectability of all contractually due principal and interest is no longer believed to be probable. This calculation is in accordance with ASC 310-10. Lastly, the allowance related to acquired loans is calculated when (i) there was deterioration in credit quality subsequent to acquisition for loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, and (ii) the inherent losses in the loans exceed the remaining credit discount recorded at the time of acquisition for loans accounted for under ASC 310-20. Impairment of troubled debt restructurings are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate at inception or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Troubled debt restructurings consist of concessions granted to borrowers facing financial difficulty. For additional detail regarding the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses, see Note 6. Loans Held for Sale Loans held for sale are recorded at their fair value on a loan level. 75 Other Real Estate Owned Other real estate owned is recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loans or their fair value less estimated disposal costs. Costs subsequently incurred to improve the assets are included in the carrying value provided that the resultant carrying value does not exceed fair value less estimated disposal costs. Costs relating to holding or disposing of the assets are charged to expense in the current period. We write-down the value of the assets when declines in fair value below the carrying value are identified. Loan workout and OREO expenses include costs of holding and operating the assets, net gains or losses on sales of the assets and provisions for losses to reduce such assets to fair value less estimated disposal costs. During 2016, we recorded $0.1 million in charges (including write-downs and net losses on sales of assets) related to other real estate owned (OREO). These charges were $0.3 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 we had $3.7 million in residential real estate loans in process of foreclosure. For additional detail regarding other real estate owned, see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Costs of major replacements, improvements and additions are capitalized. Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, for leasehold improvements, over the effective life of the related lease if less than the estimated useful life. In general, computer equipment, furniture and equipment and building renovations are depreciated over three, five and ten years, respectively. Premises and equipment acquired in business combinations are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. For additional detail regarding the provision for premises and equipment, see Note 8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets We account for intangible assets in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) and ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”). Intangible assets resulting from acquisitions under the acquisition method of accounting consist of goodwill and other intangible assets. Accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets requires the Company to make significant judgments, particularly with respect to estimating the fair value of each reporting unit and when required, estimating the fair value of net assets. The estimates utilize historical data, cash flows, and market and industry data specific to each reporting unit as well as projected data. Industry and market data are used to develop material assumptions such as transaction multiples, required rates of return, control premiums, transaction costs and synergies of a transaction, and capitalization. Goodwill is not amortized and is subject to periodic impairment testing. We review goodwill for impairment annually and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Other intangible assets with finite lives are established through acquisitions and amortized over their estimated useful lives. We review other intangible assets with finite lives for impairment if events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. For additional information regarding our goodwill and intangible assets, see Notes 2 and 9. Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase We enter into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as financings, with the obligation to repurchase securities sold reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statement of Condition. The securities underlying the agreements are assets. Generally, federal funds are purchased for periods ranging up to 90 days. For additional detail regarding the Federal funds purchased and sold under agreements to repurchase, see Note 11. 76 Income Taxes The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred due to temporary differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities. We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes (ASC 740). ASC 740 requires the recording of deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. It prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely- than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. ASC 740 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties. For additional detail regarding income taxes, see Note 14. Stock-Based Compensation Stock-based compensation is accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 718, Stock Compensation. Compensation expense relating to all share-based payments is recognized on a straight-line basis, over the applicable vesting period. For additional detail regarding stock-based compensation, see Note 15. Earnings Per Share The following table shows the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share: (Amounts in thousands, except per share data) 2016 2015 2014 Numerator: Net income Denominator: Denominator for basic earnings per share - weighted average shares Effect of dilutive employee stock options, restricted stock and warrants Denominator for diluted earnings per share - adjusted weighted average $64,080 $53,533 $53,757 30,276 810 28,435 508 27,218 690 shares and assumed exercised 31,086 28,943 27,908 Earnings per share: Basic Diluted $ 2.12 $ 1.88 $ 1.98 $ 2.06 $ 1.85 $ 1.93 Outstanding common stock equivalents having no dilutive effect 18 83 127 77 RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS Accounting Guidance Adopted in 2016 In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718). ASU 2016-09 changes several aspects of the accounting for share- based payment award transactions, including: (1) accounting and cash flow classification for excess tax benefits and deficiencies, (2) forfeitures, and (3) tax withholding requirements and cash flow classification. The standard is effective for public business entities in annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted if the entire standard is adopted. If an entity early adopts the standard in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company adopted ASU 2016-09 in the second quarter of 2016 and recognized a $0.7 million tax benefit in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, the Company presented excess tax benefits as an operating activity in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows using a retrospective transition method. The Company also made an accounting policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur. This policy election did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Adoption of all other changes did not have an impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements. In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period. The standard update resolves the diverse accounting treatment for these share-based payments by requiring that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The requisite service period ends when the employee can cease rendering service and still be eligible to vest in the award if the performance target is achieved. ASU 2014-12 was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No 2015-03, Interest- Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. The amendments in this update require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by this amendment. This guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and is applied retrospectively. The Company adopted ASU 2015-03 in the first quarter of 2016, and applied its provisions retrospectively. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 resulted in the reclassification at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, of $1.2 million and $1.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Company’s 2012 senior debt from other assets to 2012 senior debt within its consolidated balance sheets. Other than this reclassification, the adoption of ASU 2015-03 did not have an impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. This guidance provides an additional requirement for a limited partnership or similar entity to qualify as a voting interest entity and also amends the criteria for consolidating such an entity. In addition, it amends the criteria for evaluating fees paid to a decision maker or service provider as a variable interest and amends the criteria for evaluating the effect of fee arrangements and related parties on a VIE primary beneficiary determination. This guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. ASU No. 2015-02 requires entities to use a retrospective or a modified retrospective approach (recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the fiscal year). The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. 78 Accounting Guidance Pending Adoption at December 31, 2016 In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-9, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This ASU supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. ASU No. 2014-9 will require an entity to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers using a five-step model that requires entities to exercise judgment when considering the terms of the contracts. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date. This amendment defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016- 08, “Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Gross versus Net),” which amends the principal versus agent guidance and clarifies that the analysis must focus on whether the entity has control of the goods or services before they are transferred to the customer. In addition, the FASB issued ASU Nos. 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and 2016-12, Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, both of which provide additional clarification of certain provisions in Topic 606. These Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) updates are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, but early adoption is permitted. Early adoption is permitted only as of annual reporting periods after December 15, 2016. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or retrospectively with the cumulative effect transition method. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating all revenue streams, accounting policies, practices and reporting to identify and understand any impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Our preliminary evaluation suggests that adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company anticipates completing our assessment in the second half of 2017. In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10), Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This amendment requires that equity investments be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. When fair value is not readily determinable an entity may elect to measure the equity investment at cost, minus impairment, plus or minus any change in the investment’s observable price. For financial liabilities that are measured at fair value, the amendment requires an entity to present separately, in other comprehensive income, any change in fair value resulting from a change in instrument specific credit risk. ASU 2016-01 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Entities may apply this guidance on a prospective or retrospective basis. The Company does not expect the application of this guidance to have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU revises the accounting related to lessee accounting. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases. The new lease guidance also simplifies the accounting for sale and leaseback transactions primarily because lessees must recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. ASU 2016-02 is effective for the first interim period within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. Adoption using the modified retrospective transition approach is required for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on its Consolidated Financial Statements. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-05: Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships, which amends ASC Topic 815: Derivatives and Hedging. This new guidance clarifies that the novation of a derivative contract (i.e., a change in the counterparty) in a hedge accounting relationship does not, in and of itself, caused a hedge accounting relationship to be discontinued because it does not represent a termination of the original derivative instrument or a change in the critical terms of the hedge relationship, This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and may be adopted prospectively or retroactively. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company does not expect the application of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. 79 In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-06, Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815). ASU 2016-06 clarifies that determining whether the economic characteristics of a put or call are clearly and closely related to its debt host requires only an assessment of the four-step decision sequence outlined in FASB ASC paragraph 815-15-25-24. Additionally, entities are not required to separately assess whether the contingency itself is clearly and closely related. The standard is effective for public business entities in interim and annual periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted in any interim period for which the entity’s financial statements have not been issued, but would be retroactively applied to the beginning of the year that includes the interim period. The standard requires a modified retrospective transition approach, with a cumulative catch-up adjustment to opening retained earnings in the period of adoption. For instruments that are eligible for the fair value option, an entity has a one-time option to irrevocably elect to measure the debt instrument affected by the standard in its entirety at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. The Company does not expect the application of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-07, Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting, Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323). ASU 2016-07 eliminates the requirement for an investor to retroactively apply the equity method when its increase in ownership interest (or degree of influence) in an investee triggers equity method accounting. The standard is effective for all entities in annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The new guidance will be applied prospectively to changes in ownership (or influence) after the adoption date. The Company does not expect the application of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2016-08 amends the principal versus agent guidance in ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and clarifies that the analysis must focus on whether the entity has control of the goods or services before they are transferred to the customer. The amendments in the standard affect the guidance in ASU 2014-09, which is effective for public business entities in annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted for all entities, but not before annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-8 on its Consolidated Financial Statements. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326). ASU 2016-13 replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with an expected credit loss methodology and requires consideration of a broader range of information to determine credit loss estimates. Financial assets measured at amortized cost will be presented at the net amount expected to be collected by using an allowance for credit losses. Purchased credit impaired loans will receive an allowance account at the acquisition date that represents a component of the purchase price allocation. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities will be recorded through an allowance for credit losses, with such allowance limited to the amount by which fair value is below amortized cost. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its Consolidated Financial Statements. In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. ASU 2016-15 represents the Emerging Issues Task Force’s (“the EITF”) final consensus on eight issues related to the classification of cash payments and receipts in the statement of cash flows for a number of common transactions. The consensus also clarifies when identifiable cash flows should be separated versus classified based on their predominant source or use. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its Consolidated Financial Statements. 80 In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. ASU 2017-01 provides a new, two-step framework for determining whether a transaction is accounted for as an acquisition (or disposal) of assets or a business. The first step is evaluating whether substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets; if so, the transaction is not considered a business. Also, in order to be considered a business, the transaction would need to include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. The guidance is effective for public entities in annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or been made available for issuance. The Company does not expect the application of this guidance to have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements. In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test impairment by removing the for Goodwill Impairment. ASU 2017-04 simplifies the measurement of goodwill hypothetical purchase price allocation (“Step 2”). The new guidance requires an impairment of goodwill be measured as the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, up to the amount of goodwill recorded. The guidance is effective for public entities in annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for goodwill impairment tests with measurement dates after January 1, 2017. The Company does not expect the application of this guidance to have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements. Penn Liberty Financial Corporation 2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS On August 12, 2016, we completed the acquisition of Penn Liberty. Penn Liberty conducted its primary business operations through its subsidiary Penn Liberty Bank, which was merged into WSFS Bank. Upon closing the transaction, Penn Liberty had 11 banking offices in Montgomery and Chester counties, Pennsylvania, which are suburbs of Philadelphia. WSFS acquired Penn Liberty to expand the scale and efficiency of its operations in southeastern Pennsylvania in addition to the opportunity to generate additional revenue by providing its full suite of banking, mortgage banking, wealth management and insurance services to the Penn Liberty markets. The acquisition of Penn Liberty was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration transferred were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The fair values are preliminary estimates and are subject to adjustment during the one-year measurement period after the acquisition. The excess of consideration transferred over the preliminary fair value of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill in the amount of $68.8 million, which is not amortizable and is not deductible for tax purposes. The Company allocated the total balance of goodwill to its WSFS Bank segment. The Company also recorded $2.9 million in core deposit intangibles which are being amortized over ten years using the straight-line depreciation method. 81 In connection with the merger, the consideration transferred and the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as of the date of acquisition, are summarized in the following table Fair Value $ 68,352 40,549 108,901 102,301 627 483,482 6,817 7,422 8,666 2,882 996 10,645 623,838 568,706 10,000 5,045 583,751 40,087 $ 68,814 (Dollars in thousands) Consideration Transferred: Common shares issued (1,806,748), including replacement equity awards Cash paid to Penn Liberty stock and option holders Value of consideration Assets acquired: Cash and due from banks Investment securities Loans Premises and equipment Deferred income taxes Bank owned life insurance Core deposit intangible Other real estate owned Other assets Total assets Liabilities assumed: Deposits Other borrowings Other liabilities Total liabilities Net assets acquired: Goodwill resulting from acquisition of Penn Liberty The following table details the changes to goodwill recorded subsequent to acquisition: Goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Penn Liberty established as of August 12, 2016 Effects of adjustments to: Replacement equity awards Deferred income taxes Premise and equipment Other assets Other liabilities Adjusted goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Penn Liberty as of December 31, 2016 Fair Value $65,206 1,593 (970) 547 (50) 2,488 $68,814 The adjustments made to goodwill during 2016 reflect a change in the initially recorded fair values of replacement equity awards, deferred federal income taxes, other assets and other liabilities. the Company incurred $7.5 million in integration expenses, Direct costs related to the acquisition were expensed as incurred. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, including $2.5 million in salary and benefits, $1.5 million in professional fees, $1.2 million in data processing expense, $1.1 million in marketing expense and $0.9 million in occupancy costs. Powdermill Financial Solutions LLC On August 1, 2016, we acquired the assets of Powdermill Financial Solutions, LLC, a multi-family office serving an affluent clientele in the local community and throughout the U.S. This acquisition aligns with our strategic plan to expand our wealth offerings and diversify our fee-income generating business. The excess of consideration paid over the preliminary fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill, which is not amortizable but is deductible for tax purposes. The Company allocated the total balance of goodwill to its Wealth Management segment. 82 West Capital Management, Inc. On October 17, 2016, we acquired the assets of West Capital Management, Inc., an independent, fee-only wealth management firm providing fully-customized solutions tailored to the unique needs of institutions and high net worth individuals which operates under a multi-family office philosophy. This acquisition aligns with our strategic plan to expand our wealth offerings and diversify our fee-income generating business. The excess of consideration paid over the preliminary fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill, which is not amortizable but is deductible for tax purposes. The Company allocated the total balance of goodwill to its Wealth Management segment. Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania On October 9, 2015 we completed the acquisition of Alliance and its wholly owned subsidiary, Alliance Bank, headquartered in Broomall, Pennsylvania. At that time, Alliance merged into the Company and Alliance Bank merged into WSFS Bank. In accordance with the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated March 2, 2015, shareholders of Alliance common stock received, in aggregate, $26.6 million in cash and 2,459,120 shares of WSFS common stock. The transaction was valued at $97.9 million based on WSFS’ October 9, 2015 closing share price of $29.01 as quoted on The Nasdaq Global Select Market. The results of the combined entity’s operations are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements since the date of the acquisition. The acquisition of Alliance was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration paid were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill in the amount of $34.9 million, which is not amortizable and is not deductible for tax purposes. The Company allocated the total balance of goodwill to its WSFS Bank segment. The Company also recorded $2.6 million in core deposit intangibles which are being amortized over ten years using the straight-line depreciation method and $0.5 million for non-compete covenants which are being amortized between six and eighteen months. In connection with the merger, the consideration transferred and the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, are summarized in the following table: (Dollars in thousands) Consideration Transferred: Common shares issued (2,459,120) Cash paid to Alliance stockholders Value of consideration Assets acquired: Cash and due from banks Investment securities Loans Premises and equipment Deferred income taxes Bank owned life insurance Core deposit intangible Other real estate owned Other assets Total assets Liabilities assumed: Deposits Other borrowings Other liabilities Total liabilities Net assets acquired: Fair Value $ 71,345 26,576 97,921 67,439 3,002 307,695 2,685 7,669 12,923 2,635 768 3,365 408,181 341,682 2,826 681 345,189 62,992 Goodwill resulting from acquisition of Alliance $ 34,929 83 The following table details the changes to goodwill recorded subsequent to acquisition: (Dollars in thousands) Goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Alliance reported as of December 31, 2015 Effects of adjustments to: Deferred income taxes Other assets Other liabilities Adjusted goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Alliance as of December 31, 2016 Fair Value $36,425 (125) (379) (992) $34,929 The adjustments made to goodwill during 2016 reflect changes in the fair value of deferred federal income taxes, other assets, and other liabilities during the measurement period. The fair value of acquired assets and liabilities is now considered final. The following tables detail held-to-maturity investment securities: the amortized cost and the estimated fair value of our available-for-sale and 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Dollars in thousands) Available-for-sale securities: December 31, 2016 GSE CMO FNMA MBS FHLMC MBS GNMA MBS Other investments December 31, 2015 GSE CMO FNMA MBS FHLMC MBS GNMA MBS (Dollars in thousands) Held-to-Maturity Securities (1) December 31, 2016 State and political subdivisions December 31, 2015 State and political subdivisions Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value $ 35,061 264,607 414,218 64,709 28,540 626 $ 9 566 950 135 303 — $ 60 3,957 9,404 1,330 427 3 $ 35,010 261,216 405,764 63,514 28,416 623 $807,761 $1,963 $15,181 $794,543 $ 31,041 253,189 320,105 99,350 20,387 $ — 713 1,081 405 420 $ 127 2,414 2,715 313 93 $ 30,914 251,488 318,471 99,442 20,714 $724,072 $2,619 $ 5,662 $721,029 Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value $164,346 $ 271 $ 1,385 $163,232 $165,862 $1,943 $ 62 $167,743 (1) Held-to-maturity securities transferred from available-for-sale are included in held-to-maturity at fair value at the time of transfer. The amortized cost of held-to-maturity securities included net unrealized gains of $2.2 million and $2.9 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, related to securities transferred, which are offset in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax. 84 The scheduled maturities of investment securities available for sale and held to maturity at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are presented in the table below: (Dollars in thousands) 2016 (1) (2) Within one year After one year but within five years After five years but within ten years After ten years 2015 (1) Within one year After one year but within five years After five years but within ten years After ten years (Dollars in thousands) 2016 (1) Within one year After one year but within five years After five years but within ten years After ten years 2015 (1) Within one year After one year but within five years After five years but within ten years After ten years Available for Sale Amortized Cost Fair Value $ 16,009 19,052 276,635 495,439 $ 16,017 18,992 270,300 488,611 $807,135 $793,920 $ 3,997 30,009 218,023 472,043 $ 3,995 29,840 215,018 472,176 $724,072 $721,029 Held to Maturity Amortized Cost Fair Value $ — 6,168 8,882 149,296 $ — 6,162 8,870 148,200 $164,346 $163,232 $ 1,486 3,465 7,939 152,972 $ 1,488 3,456 8,045 154,754 $165,862 $167,743 (1) Actual maturities could differ from contractual maturities. (2) Included in the investment portfolio, but not in the table above, is a mutual fund with an amortized cost and fair value as of December 31, 2016 of $0.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively, which has no stated maturity. MBS have expected maturities that differ from their contractual maturities. These differences arise because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without a prepayment penalty. Investment securities with fair market values aggregating $562.5 million and $457.0 million were pledged as collateral for retail customer repurchase agreements, municipal deposits, and other obligations as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During 2016, we sold $201.8 million of investment securities categorized as available for sale, resulting in realized gains of $2.4 million and one security with an immaterial loss. During 2015, we sold $192.8 million of investment securities categorized as available for sale, resulting in realized gains of $1.5 million and less than $0.1 million of realized losses. The cost basis of all investment securities sales is based on the specific identification method. As of December 31, 2016, our investment securities portfolio had remaining unamortized premiums of $18.0 million and $0.4 million of unaccreted discounts. 85 For those investment securities with unrealized losses, the table below shows our gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category and length of time that individual securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016. Duration of Unrealized Loss Position Less than 12 months 12 months or longer Total Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss $ 21,996 160,572 50,878 300,403 16,480 623 $ 60 3,867 1,330 9,404 427 3 $ — 4,654 — — — — $— 90 — — — — $ 90 $ 21,996 165,226 50,878 300,403 16,480 623 $ 60 3,957 1,330 9,404 427 3 $555,606 $15,181 (Dollars in thousands) Available-for-sale securities: GSE CMO FHLMC MBS FNMA MBS GNMA MBS Other investments (Dollars in thousands) Available-for-sale securities: GSE CMO FNMA MBS FHLMC MBS GNMA MBS Total temporarily impaired investments $550,952 $15,091 $4,654 (Dollars in thousands) Held-to-maturity securities Less than 12 months 12 months or longer Total Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss State and political subdivisions $112,642 $ 1,374 $ 695 Total temporarily impaired investments $112,642 $ 1,374 $ 695 $ 11 $ 11 $113,337 $ 1,385 $113,337 $ 1,385 For those investment securities with unrealized losses, the table below shows our gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category and length of time that individual securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2015. Less than 12 months 12 months or longer Total Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss $ 30,914 139,486 214,465 41,791 4,073 $ 127 1,703 2,715 136 29 $ — 26,536 — 4,025 2,377 $— 711 — 177 64 $952 $ 30,914 166,022 214,465 45,816 6,450 $ 127 $2,414 2,715 313 93 $463,667 $5,662 Total temporarily impaired investments $430,729 $4,710 $32,938 (Dollars in thousands) Held-to-maturity securities Less than 12 months 12 months or longer Total Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss State and political subdivisions Total temporarily impaired investments $ $ 9,845 9,845 $ $ 62 62 $ — $ — $— $— $ $ 9,845 9,845 $ $ 62 62 86 At December 31, 2016, we owned investment securities totaling $668.9 million for which the amortized cost basis exceeded fair value. Total unrealized losses on these securities were $16.6 million at December 31, 2016. The temporary impairment is the result of changes in market interest rates subsequent to the purchase of the securities. Our investment portfolio is reviewed each quarter for indications of other than temporary impairment. This review includes analyzing the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been lower than the amortized cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, including any specific events which may influence the operations of the issuer and our intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for full recovery of the unrealized loss. We evaluate our intent and ability to hold securities based upon our investment strategy for the particular type of security and our cash flow needs, liquidity position, capital adequacy and interest rate risk position. In addition, we do not have the intent to sell, nor is it more likely-than-not we will be required to sell these securities before we are able to recover the amortized cost basis. All securities, with the exception of one, were AA- rated or better at the time of purchase and remained investment grade at December 31, 2016. All securities were evaluated for OTTI at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The result of this evaluation showed no OTTI as of December 31, 2016 or 2015. The weighted average duration of MBS was 5.4 years at December 31, 2016. The following table details our loan portfolio by category: 4. LOANS (Dollars in thousands) Commercial and industrial Owner-occupied commercial Commercial mortgages Construction Residential Consumer Less: Deferred fees, net Allowance for loan losses Net loans December 31, 2016 2015 $1,287,731 1,078,162 1,163,554 222,712 267,028 450,029 $1,061,597 880,643 966,698 245,773 259,679 360,249 4,469,216 3,774,639 7,673 39,751 8,500 37,089 $4,421,792 $3,729,050 Nonaccruing loans totaled $22.9 million and $21.2 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. If interest on all such loans had been recorded in accordance with contractual terms, net interest income would have increased by $1.2 million and $0.9 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively. The total amounts of loans serviced for others were $124.7 million and $130.0 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which consisted of residential first mortgage loans and reverse mortgage loans. We received fees from the servicing of loans of $0.3 million during 2016 and 2015, respectively. We record mortgage-servicing rights on our mortgage loan-servicing portfolio. Mortgage servicing rights represent the present value of the future net servicing fees from servicing mortgage loans we acquire or originate. The value of these servicing rights was $0.5 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in loans in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Condition. Changes in the value of these servicing rights resulted in net losses of less than $0.1 million and $0.2 million during 2016 and 2015, respectively. Revenues from originating, marketing and servicing mortgage loans as well as valuation adjustments related to capitalized mortgage servicing rights are included in Mortgage Banking Activities, Net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. We also record servicing rights on SBA loans. The value of these rights was $0.2 million at December 31, 2016. Accrued interest receivable on loans outstanding was $13.0 million and $10.4 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 87 Penn Liberty 5. ACQUIRED CREDIT IMPAIRED LOANS On August 12, 2016, we completed the acquisition of Penn Liberty. Upon closing the transaction, we acquired $14.0 million of credit impaired loans. Loans that have deteriorated in credit quality since their origination, and for which it is probable that all contractual cash flows will not be received, are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (ASC 310-30). Under ASC 310-30, acquired loans are generally considered accruing and performing as the loans accrete interest income over the estimated life of the loan when expected cash flows are reasonably estimable. Accordingly, acquired impaired loans that are contractually past due are still considered to be accruing and performing as long as the estimated cash flows are expected to be received. If the timing and amount of cash flows is not reasonably estimable, the loans may be classified as nonaccrual loans and interest income may be recognized on a cash basis or as a reduction of the principal amount outstanding. Credit deterioration evident in the loans was included in the determination of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. Updates to expected cash flows for acquired impaired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 has resulted in a provision for loan loss of $0.5 million due to the amount and timing of expected cash flows decrease compared to those originally estimated at acquisition. The following table details the loans acquired through the Penn Liberty merger on August 12, 2016 that are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 310-30. (Dollars in thousands) Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition* Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (nonaccretable difference) Expected cash flows at acquisition Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable yield) Fair value of acquired loans accounted for under FASB ASC 310-30 August 12, 2016 $16,499 3,125 13,374 670 $12,704 * The difference between $16.5 and the unpaid principal balance of $15.3 is contractual interest to be received. Alliance On October 9, 2015, we acquired $24.6 million of credit impaired loans from our acquisition of Alliance. The following table details the loans acquired through the Alliance merger on October 9, 2015 that are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 310-30. (Dollars in thousands) Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition* Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (nonaccretable difference) Expected cash flows at acquisition Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable yield) Fair value of acquired loans accounted for under FASB ASC 310-30 * The difference between $27.4 and the unpaid principal balance of $24.6 is contractual interest to be received. October 9, 2015 $27,469 2,377 25,092 2,334 $22,758 88 FNBW On September 5, 2014, $24.2 million of impaired loans were acquired from FNBW. The following table details the loans acquired through the FNBW merger on September 5, 2014 that are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 310-30. (Dollars in thousands) Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition* Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (nonaccretable difference) Expected cash flows at acquisition Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable yield) Fair value of acquired loans accounted for under FASB ASC 310-30 * The difference between $27.1 and the unpaid principal balance of $24.2 is contractual interest to be received. September 5, 2014 $27,086 7,956 19,130 1,790 $17,340 The following is the outstanding principal balance and carrying amounts for all acquired credit impaired loans for which the company applies ASC 310-30 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015: (Dollars in thousands) Outstanding principal balance Carrying amount Allowance for loan losses December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 $41,574 33,104 510 $38,067 32,568 132 The following table presents the changes in accretable yield on all acquired credit impaired loans for the years indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Balance as of December 31, 2014 Addition from Alliance acquisition Accretion Reclassification from nonaccretable difference Additions/adjustments Disposals Ending balance as of December 31, 2015 Addition from Penn Liberty Accretion Reclassification from nonaccretable difference Additions/adjustments Disposals Ending balance as of December 31, 2016 Accretable Yield $ 1,498 2,334 (1,405) 3,054 (714) (3) $ 4,764 1,473 (2,731) 2,352 (701) (7) $ 5,150 6. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND CREDIT QUALITY INFORMATION We maintained an allowance for loan losses which represents our best estimate of probable losses within our loan portfolio. As losses are realized, they are charged to this allowance. We established our allowance in accordance with guidance provided in the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102 (SAB 102), Selected Loan Loss Allowance Methodology and Documentation Issues Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 450, Contingencies (ASC 450) and ASC 310, Receivables (“ASC 310”). The general allowance is calculated on a pooled loan basis using both quantitative and qualitative factors in accordance with ASC 450. 89 The specific allowance is calculated on an individual loan basis when collectability of all contractually due principal and interest is no longer believed to be probable. This calculation is in accordance with ASC 310-10. Lastly, the allowance related to acquired loans is calculated when (i) there was deterioration in credit quality subsequent to acquisition for loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, and (ii) the inherent losses in the loans exceed the remaining credit discount recorded at the time of acquisition for loans accounted for under ASC 310-20. Impairment of troubled debt restructurings are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Troubled debt restructurings consist of concessions granted to borrowers facing financial difficulty. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of these portfolios. The following are included in our allowance for loan losses: • Specific reserves for impaired loans • An allowance for each pool of homogenous loans based on historical loss experience • Adjustments for qualitative and environmental factors allocated to pools of homogenous loans When it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due (interest and principal) in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement, it assigns a specific reserve to that loan, if necessary. Unless loans are well- secured and collection is imminent, loans greater than 90 days past due are deemed impaired and their respective reserves are generally charged-off once the loss has been confirmed. Estimated specific reserves are based on collateral values, estimates of future cash flows or market valuations. We charge loans off when they are deemed to be uncollectible. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, net charge-offs totaled $10.3 million or 0.25% of average loans annualized, compared to $10.1 million, or 0.29% of average loans annualized, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2015. A significant portion of the net charge-offs in 2016 were the result of two relationships. A $15.4 million substandard C&I loan relationship was exited during the third quarter of 2016 and resulted in a $4.2 million charge-off and $3.0 million in incremental loan loss provision in the quarter. This was our largest, longstanding problem loan and had been reported as delinquent multiple times over the past several years. During the fourth quarter of 2016, $4.0 million from one private banking credit exposure granted under a business development initiative was downgraded to non-performing status. $3.5 million of this exposure was unsecured, resulting in a $3.5 million charge-off and incremental loan loss provision. Allowances for pooled homogeneous loans, that are not deemed impaired, are based on historical net loss experience. Estimated losses for pooled portfolios are determined differently for commercial loan pools and retail loan pools. Commercial loans are pooled as follows: commercial, owner-occupied, commercial real estate and construction. Each pool is further segmented by internally assessed risk ratings. Loan losses for commercial loans are estimated by determining the probability of default and expected loss severity upon default. Probability of default is calculated based on the historical rate of migration to impaired status during the last 24 quarters. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, we increased the look-back period to 24 quarters from 20 quarters used at December 31, 2015. This increase in the look-back period allows us to continue to anchor to the fourth quarter of 2010 to ensure that the core reserves calculated by the ALLL model are adequately considering the losses within a full credit cycle. Loss severity upon default is calculated as the actual loan losses (net of recoveries) on impaired loans in their respective pool during the same time frame. Retail loans are pooled into the following segments: residential mortgage, consumer secured and consumer unsecured loans. Pooled reserves for retail loans are calculated based solely on average net loss rates over the same 24 quarter look-back period. Qualitative adjustment factors consider various current internal and external conditions which are allocated among loan types and take into consideration: • Current underwriting policies, staff, and portfolio mix, • Internal trends of delinquency, nonaccrual and criticized loans by segment, • Risk rating accuracy, control and regulatory assessments/environment, • General economic conditions — locally and nationally, • Market trends impacting collateral values, 90 • The competitive environment, as it could impact loan structure and underwriting, and • Valuation complexity by segment. The above factors are based on their relative standing compared to the period in which historic losses are used in core reserve estimates and current directional trends. Qualitative factors in our model can add to or subtract from core reserves. The allowance methodology uses a loss emergence period (LEP), which is the period of time between an event that triggers the probability of a loss and the confirmation of the loss. We estimate the commercial LEP to be approximately 8 quarters as of December 31, 2016. Our residential mortgage and consumer LEP remained at approximately 4 quarters as of December 31, 2016. We evaluate LEP quarterly for reasonableness and complete a detailed historical analysis of our LEP annually for our commercial portfolio and review of the current 4 quarter LEP for the retail portfolio to determine the continued reasonableness of this assumption. The final component of the allowance in prior periods was the reserve for model estimation and complexity risk. The calculation of this reserve was generally quantitative; however estimates of valuations and risk assessment, and methodology judgements were necessary in order to capture factors quarterly. During the second quarter of 2016, as a result of continued improvement in the model and normal review of the factors, we removed the model estimation and complexity risk reserve from our calculations of the allowance of loan losses. Our loan officers and risk managers meet at least quarterly to discuss and review the conditions and risks associated with individual problem loans. In addition, various regulatory agencies periodically review our loan ratings and allowance for loan losses and the Bank’s internal loan review department performs loan reviews. The following tables provide an analysis of the allowance for loan losses and loan balances as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014: (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Owner- occupied Commercial Commercial Mortgages Construction Residential Consumer Complexity Risk (1) Total Twelve months ended December 31, 2016 Allowance for loan losses Beginning balance Charge-offs Recoveries Provision (credit) for loan losses Provision for acquired loans Ending balance Period-end allowance allocated to: Loans individually evaluated for impairment Loans collectively evaluated for impairment Acquired loans evaluated for impairment $ $ $ 11,156 $ (5,052) 594 6,260 381 6,670 $ (1,556) 117 1,163 194 6,487 (422) 322 2,466 62 $ 3,521 (57) 484 (1,117) 7 $ 2,281 $ 5,964 (6,152) 1,232 4,989 (21) (88) 254 (422) 34 $ 1,010 $ — — (1,010) — 37,089 (13,327) 3,003 12,329 657 13,339 $ 6,588 $ 8,915 $ 2,838 $ 2,059 $ 6,012 $ — $ 39,751 322 $ — $ 12,834 183 6,573 15 1,247 7,482 186 $ 217 2,535 86 $ 911 $ 1,125 23 198 5,797 17 $ — $ — — 2,895 36,346 510 Ending balance $ 13,339 $ 6,588 $ 8,915 $ 2,838 $ 2,059 $ 6,012 $ — $ 39,751 Period-end loan balances evaluated for: Loans individually evaluated for impairment Loans collectively evaluated for impairment Acquired nonimpaired loans Acquired impaired loans 2,266 $ $ 1,120,193 159,089 6,183 2,078 $ 899,590 164,372 12,122 9,898 921,333 221,937 10,386 $ 1,419 189,468 28,131 3,694 $ 13,547 $ 157,738 94,883 860 7,863 386,146 55,651 369 $ — $ — — — 37,071(2) 3,674,468 724,063 33,614 Ending balance $1,287,731 $1,078,162 $1,163,554 $222,712 $267,028 $450,029 $ — $4,469,216(3) 91 (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Owner- occupied Commercial Commercial Mortgages Construction Residential Consumer Complexity Risk (1) Total Twelve months ended December 31, 2015 Allowance for loan losses Beginning balance Charge-offs Recoveries Provision (credit) for loan losses Provision for acquired loans $ 12,837 (6,303) 301 4,241 80 $ 6,643 (738) 77 665 23 $ 7,266 (1,135) 222 (67) 201 $ 2,596 (146) 185 852 34 $ 2,523 (548) 226 76 4 $ 6,041 (3,225) 957 2,183 8 $1,520 — — (510) — $ 39,426 (12,095) 1,968 7,440 350 Ending balance $ 11,156 $ 6,670 $ 6,487 $ 3,521 $ 2,281 $ 5,964 $1,010 $ 37,089 Period-end allowance allocated to: Loans individually evaluated for impairment Loans collectively evaluated for impairment Acquired loans evaluated for impairment $ 1,164 9,988 4 $ — $ — $ 6,648 22 6,384 103 211 3,310 — $ 918 1,360 3 $ 199 5,765 — $ — $ 1,010 — 2,492 34,465 132 Ending balance $ 11,156 $ 6,670 $ 6,487 $ 3,521 $ 2,281 $ 5,964 $1,010 $ 37,089 Period-end loan balances evaluated for: Loans individually evaluated for impairment Loans collectively evaluated for impairment Acquired nonimpaired loans Acquired impaired loans $ 5,680 930,346 112,586 12,985 $ 1,090 820,911 53,954 4,688 $ 3,411 869,359 83,415 10,513 $ 1,419 213,801 27,009 3,544 $ 15,548 166,252 76,929 950 $ 7,664 335,323 17,255 7 $ — $ 34,812(2) — — — 3,335,992 371,148 32,687 Ending balance $1,061,597 $880,643 $966,698 $245,773 $259,679 $360,249 $ — $3,774,639(3) (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Owner- occupied Commercial Commercial Mortgages Construction Residential Consumer Complexity Risk (1) Total Twelve months ended December 31, 2014 Allowance for loan losses Beginning balance Charge-offs Recoveries Provision (credit) for loan losses Provision for acquired loans $ 12,751 (3,587) 1,611 2,062 — $ 7,638 (1,085) 249 (159) — $ 6,932 (425) 202 507 50 $ 3,326 (88) 242 (884) — $ 3,078 (811) 168 88 — $ 6,494 (2,855) 981 1,339 82 $1,025 — — 495 — $ 41,244 (8,851) 3,453 3,448 132 Ending balance $ 12,837 $ 6,643 $ 7,266 $ 2,596 $ 2,523 $ 6,041 $1,520 $ 39,426 Period-end allowance allocated to: Loans individually evaluated for impairment Loans collectively evaluated for impairment Acquired loans evaluated for impairment $ 3,034 9,803 — $ 609 6,034 — $ 319 6,947 — $ 334 2,262 — $ 790 1,733 — $ 231 5,810 — $ — $ 1,520 — 5,317 34,109 — Ending balance $ 12,837 $ 6,643 $ 7,266 $ 2,596 $ 2,523 $ 6,041 $1,520 $ 39,426 Period-end loan balances evaluated for: Loans individually evaluated for impairment Loans collectively evaluated for impairment Acquired nonimpaired loans Acquired impaired loans $ 12,381 872,398 32,024 3,269 $ 2,474 743,680 40,180 2,264 $ 8,335 753,451 37,697 5,976 $ 1,419 127,324 9,891 3,863 $ 15,666 184,788 17,363 512 $ 6,376 312,539 8,619 9 $ — $ 46,651(2) — — — 2,994,180 145,774 15,893 Ending balance $920,072 $788,598 $805,459 $142,497 $218,329 $327,543 $ — $3,202,498(3) (1) Represents the portion of the allowance for loan losses established to account for the inherent complexity and uncertainty of estimates. (2) The difference between this amount and nonaccruing loans represents accruing troubled debt restructured loans which are considered to be impaired loans of $14.3 million at December 31, 2016, $13.6 million as of December 31, 2015 and $22.6 million at December 31, 2014. (3) Ending loan balances do not include deferred costs. 92 Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans Nonaccruing loans are those loans on which the accrual of interest has ceased. We discontinue accrual of interest on originated loans after payments become more than 90 days past due or earlier if we do not expect the full collection of principal and interest in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the accretion of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on our assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest. Loans greater than 90 days past due and still accruing are defined as loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments, but remain in accrual status because they are considered well secured and in process of collection. The following tables show our nonaccrual and past due loans at the dates indicated: At December 31, 2016 (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Owner-occupied commercial Commercial mortgages Construction Residential Consumer Total (1) 30–59 Days Past Due and Still Accruing 60–89 Days Past Due and Still Accruing Greater Than 90 Days Past Due and Still Accruing Total Past Due And Still Accruing Accruing Current Balances Acquired Impaired Loans Nonaccrual Loans Total Loans $1,507 116 167 132 3,176 392 $5,490 $ 278 540 — — 638 346 $1,802 $ — — — — 153 285 $ 438 $1,785 656 167 132 3,967 1,023 $1,277,748 1,063,306 1,143,180 218,886 257,234 444,642 $ 6,183 12,122 10,386 3,694 860 369 $ 2,015 2,078 9,821 — 4,967 3,995 $1,287,731 1,078,162 1,163,554 222,712 267,028 450,029 $7,730 $4,404,996 $33,614 $22,876 $4,469,216 % of Total Loans 0.12% 0.04% 0.01% 0.17% 98.57% 0.75% 0.51% 100.00% (1) Balances in table above includes $724.1 million in acquired non-impaired loans. At December 31, 2015 (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Owner-occupied commercial Commercial mortgages Construction Residential Consumer Total (1) 30–59 Days Past Due and Still Accruing 60–89 Days Past Due and Still Accruing Greater Than 90 Days Past Due and Still Accruing Total Past Due And Still Accruing Accruing Current Balances Acquired Impaired Loans Nonaccrual Loans Total Loans $ 1,686 713 141 — 5,263 1,222 $9,025 $ 270 217 4 — 621 36 $ 12,355 4,886 288 — 251 252 $ 14,311 $ 1,028,973 $ 12,985 4,688 10,513 3,544 950 7 869,048 952,426 242,229 245,307 354,599 5,816 433 — 6,135 1,510 $ 5,328 $ 1,061,597 880,643 966,698 245,773 259,679 360,249 1,091 3,326 — 7,287 4,133 $1,148 $18,032 $28,205 $3,692,582 $32,687 $21,165 $3,774,639 % of Total Loans 0.24% 0.03% 0.48% 0.75% 97.83% 0.86% 0.56% 100.00% (1) Balances in table above includes $371.1 million in acquired non-impaired loans. Impaired Loans Loans for which it is probable we will not collect all principal and interest due according to contractual terms, which is assessed based on the credit characteristics of the loan and/or payment status, are measured for impairment in accordance with the provisions of SAB 102, Selected Loan Loss Allowance Methodology and Documentation Issues and ASC 310, Receivables (ASC 310). The amount of impairment is measured using one of three methods: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the fair value of collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent or (3) the loan’s observable market price. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a related allowance is allocated for the impairment. 93 The following tables provide an analysis of our impaired loans at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015: 2016 (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Owner-occupied commercial Commercial mortgages Construction Residential Consumer Total (2) 2015 (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Owner-occupied commercial Commercial mortgages Construction Residential Consumer Total Ending Loan Balances $ 4,250 4,650 15,065 3,662 14,256 8,021 Loans with No Related Reserve (1) Loan with Related Reserve $ 1,395 2,078 4,348 — 7,122 6,561 $ 2,855 2,572 10,717 3,662 7,134 1,460 Related Reserve $ 505 15 1,433 303 934 215 Contractual Principal Balance $ 5,572 5,129 20,716 3,972 17,298 11,978 Average Loan Balances $ 5,053 3,339 7,323 2,376 15,083 7,910 $49,904 $21,504 $28,400 $3,405 $64,665 $41,084 Ending Loan Balances $ 6,137 2,127 4,652 1,419 15,710 7,665 Loans with No Related Reserve (1) $ 951 1,090 3,410 — 9,034 6,498 Loan with Related Reserve $ 5,186 1,037 1,242 1,419 6,676 1,167 Related Reserve $1,168 22 103 211 920 200 Contractual Principal Balance Average Loan Balances $20,206 2,947 11,826 1,419 18,655 9,353 $ 9,391 2,111 7,540 1,448 15,264 6,801 $37,710 $20,983 $16,727 $2,624 $64,406 $42,555 (1) Reflects loan balances at or written down to their remaining book balance. (2) The above includes acquired impaired loans totaling $12.8 million in the ending loan balance and $15.0 million in the contractual principal balance. Interest respectively. income of $1.2 million and $1.6 million was recognized on impaired loans during 2016 and 2015 At December 31, 2016, there were 18 acquired loans accounted for under FASB ASC 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (ASC 310-20) classified as nonaccrual loans with a carrying value of $3.8 million. As of December 31, 2016, there were 29 residential loans and 7 commercial loans in the process of foreclosure. The total outstanding balance on the loans was $3.7 million and $3.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, there were 32 residential loans and 3 commercial loans in the process of foreclosure. The total outstanding balance on the loans was $5.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Reserves On Acquired Nonimpaired Loans In accordance with ASC 310, Receivables, loans acquired by the Bank through its merger with FNBW, Alliance and Penn Liberty are required to be reflected on the balance sheet at their fair values as opposed to their book values on the date of acquisition. Therefore, on the date of acquisition establishing an allowance for acquired loans is prohibited. After the acquisition date, the bank performs a separate allowance analysis on a quarterly basis to determine if an allowance for loan loss is necessary. Should the credit risk calculated exceed the purchased loan portfolio’s remaining credit mark, additional reserves will be added to the Bank’s allowance. When a purchased loan becomes impaired after its acquisition, it is evaluated as part of the Bank’s reserve analysis and a specific reserve is established to be included in the Bank’s allowance. Credit Quality Indicators Below is a description of each of our risk ratings for all commercial loans: Pass. These borrowers presently show no current or potential problems and their loans are considered fully collectible. 94 Special Mention. Borrowers have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. Borrowers in this category may be experiencing adverse operating trends, for example, declining revenues or margins, high leverage, tight liquidity, or increasing inventory without increasing sales. These adverse trends can have a potential negative effect on the borrower’s repayment capacity. These assets are not adversely classified and do not expose the Bank to significant risk that would warrant a more severe rating. Borrowers in this category may also be experiencing significant management problems, pending litigation, or other structural credit weaknesses. Substandard. Borrowers have well-defined weaknesses that require extensive oversight by management. Borrowers in this category may exhibit one or more of the following: inadequate debt service coverage, unprofitable operations, insufficient liquidity, high leverage, and weak or inadequate capitalization. Relationships in this category are not adequately protected by the sound financial worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged on the loan, if any. The distinct possibility exists that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Doubtful. Borrowers have well-defined weaknesses inherent in the Substandard category with the added characteristic that the possibility of loss is extremely high. Current circumstances in the credit relationship make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable. A doubtful asset has some pending event that may strengthen the asset that defers the loss classification. Such impending events include: perfecting liens on additional collateral, obtaining collateral valuations, an acquisition or liquidation preceding, proposed merger, or refinancing plan. Loss. Borrowers are uncollectible or of such negligible value that continuance as a bankable asset is not supportable. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical to defer writing off this asset even though partial recovery may be recognized sometime in the future. Residential and Consumer Loans The residential and consumer loan portfolios are monitored on an ongoing basis using delinquency information and loan type as credit quality indicators. These credit quality indicators are assessed in the aggregate in these relatively homogeneous portfolios. Loans greater than 90 days past due are generally considered nonperforming and placed on nonaccrual status. The following tables provide an analysis of loans by portfolio segment based on the credit quality indicators used to determine the Allowance at December 31: Commercial Credit Exposure (Dollars in thousands) 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 Amount % Amount % Commercial Owner-occupied Commercial Commercial Mortgages Construction 2016 2015 Total Commercial (1) Risk Rating: Special mention Substandard: Accrual Nonaccrual Doubtful/nonaccrual Total special mention and substandard Acquired impaired loans Pass $ 17,630 $ 5,620 $ 11,419 $ 9,535 $ 34,198 $ 12,323 $ — $ — $ 63,247 $ 27,478 45,067 33,883 19,871 22,901 1,693 322 4,164 1,164 2,078 1,090 — — 239 8,574 1,247 2,547 3,326 — 2,193 8,296 — — — — 67,370 12,345 1,569 67,627 8,580 1,164 64,712 6,183 3 % 18,196 1 % 10,513 1,216,836 1,003,781 1,032,672 842,429 1,108,910 937,989 216,825 233,933 3,575,243 95 % 3,018,132 96 % 4 % 104,849 1 % 31,730 144,531 32,385 44,831 12,985 33,368 12,122 44,258 10,386 33,526 4,688 2,193 3,694 8,296 3,544 Total $1,287,731 $1,061,597 $1,078,162 $880,643 $1,163,554 $966,698 $222,712 $245,773 $3,752,159 100 % $3,154,711 100 % (1) Table includes $573.5 million in acquired non-impaired loans at December 31, 2016 and $277.0 million at December 31, 2015. 95 Consumer Credit Exposure (Dollars in thousands) 2016 2015 2016 2015 Amount Percent Amount Percent Residential Consumer 2016 2015 Total Residential and Consumer (2) Nonperforming (1) Acquired impaired loans Performing $ 13,547 860 252,621 $ 15,548 950 243,181 $ 7,863 369 441,797 $ 7,664 7 352,578 $ 21,410 3 % $ 23,212 1,229 — % 694,418 97 % 595,759 4 % 957 — % 96 % Total $267,028 $259,679 $450,029 $360,249 $717,057 100 % $619,928 100 % (1) Includes $12.4 million as of December 31, 2016 and $11.8 million as of December 31, 2015 of troubled debt restructured mortgages and home equity installment loans that are performing in accordance with the loans modified terms and are accruing interest. (2) Total includes acquired non-impaired loans of $150.5 million at December 31, 2016 and $94.2 million at December 31, 2015. Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR) A modification is classified as a TDR if both of the following exist: (1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and (2) the Bank has granted a concession to the borrower. Many aspects of the borrower’s financial situation are assessed when determining whether they are experiencing financial difficulty. Concessions may include the reduction of the interest rate to a rate lower than current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, extension of the maturity date, reduction of accrued interest, or principal forgiveness. The assessments of whether a borrower is experiencing (or is likely to experience) financial difficulty and whether a concession has been granted is subjective in nature and management’s judgment is required when determining whether a modification is a TDR. The following table presents the balance of TDRs as of the indicated dates: (Dollars in thousands) Performing TDRs Nonperforming TDRs December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 $14,336 8,451 $22,787 $13,647 10,983 $24,630 Approximately $1.3 million and $2.1 million in related reserves have been established for these loans at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The following table presents information regarding the types of loan modifications made for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016: Commercial Commercial mortgages Residential Consumer Contractual payment reduction Maturity date extension Discharged in bankruptcy Other (1) Total — — — 12 12 2 2 — — 4 — — 1 2 3 1 — 7 — 8 3 2 8 14 27 (1) Other includes interest rate reduction and maturity date extension, forbearance, and interest only payments. Principal balances are generally not forgiven by us when a loan is modified as a TDR. Nonaccruing restructured loans remain in nonaccrual status until there has been a period of sustained repayment performance, typically six months, and repayment is reasonably assured. 96 The following table presents loans identified as TDRs during the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015: (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Owner-occupied commercial Commercial mortgages Residential Consumer Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2016 2015 Pre Modification Post Modification Pre Modification Post Modification $1,407 — 1,111 2,754 873 $6,145 $1,407 $ — $ — —577 577 1,111 2,754 873 — 895 1,615 — 895 1,615 $6,145 $3,087 $3,087 The TDRs set forth in the table above increased our allowance for loan losses by $0.1 million through allocation of a related reserve, and resulted in charge-offs of $0.4 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2016. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, the TDRs set forth in the table above increased our allowance for loan losses by less than $0.1 million through allocation of a related reserve, and resulted in charge-offs of $0.2 million. 7. REVERSE MORTGAGE LOANS Reverse mortgage loans are contracts in which a homeowner borrows against the equity in their home and receives cash in one lump sum payment, a line of credit, fixed monthly payments for either a specific term or for as long as the homeowner lives in the home, or a combination of these options. Since reverse mortgages are nonrecourse obligations, the loan repayments are generally limited to the sale proceeds of the borrower’s residence and the mortgage balance consists of cash advanced, interest compounded over the life of the loan and some may include a premium which represents a portion of the shared appreciation in the home’s value, if any, or a percentage of the value of the residence. In July 2011, we purchased 100% of SASCO 2002-RM1’s Class “O” certificates, representing equity ownership of a reverse mortgage securitization trust, for $2.5 million. This securitization was created in 2002 through the purchase of reverse mortgage loans owned by us, as well as an additional lender. As part of this securitization we retained the BBB rated tranche of this securitization and held this instrument as a trading asset. During the third quarter of 2013, we obtained the right to execute a clean-up call on the underlying collateral. This event led us to consolidate the assets and liabilities of the securitization trust, SASCO 2002 RM-1, on our Consolidated Statement of Condition in accordance with ASC 810, Consolidation as of December 31, 2013. As a result of consolidation of the reverse mortgage trust in 2013, a DTA was recorded at that time. However, because the reverse mortgage trust was not able to be consolidated for income tax purposes, a full valuation allowance was also recorded at that time on the DTA due to the uncertainty of realizing this benefit. On January 27, 2014, WSFS completed the legal call of the reverse mortgage trust bonds and the redemption of the trust’s preferred stockholders, eliminating this uncertainty since the reverse mortgage trust’s assets have now been combined with the Bank’s for tax purposes. As a result, WSFS removed the valuation allowance, and recorded a tax benefit of approximately $6.7 million during 2014. Our investment in reverse mortgages totaled $22.6 million at December 31, 2016. The portfolio consists of 76 loans with an average borrowers’ age of 95 years old and there is currently significant overcollateralization in the portfolio, as the realizable collateral value (the lower of collectible principal and interest, or appraised value and annual broker price opinion of the home) of $42.5 million exceeds the outstanding book balance at December 31, 2016. Broker price opinions are updated at least annually. Additional broker price opinions are obtained when our quarterly review indicates that a home’s value has increased or decreased by at least 50% during any given period. 97 The carrying value of the reverse mortgages is calculated using a proprietary model that uses the income approach as described in FASB ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure (ASC 820-10). The model is a present value cash flow model which describes the components of a present value measurement. The model incorporates the projected cash flows of the loans (includes payouts and collections) and then discounts these cash flows using the effective yield required on the life of the portfolio to reduce the net investment to zero at the time the final reverse mortgage contract is liquidated. The inputs to the model reflect our expectations of what other market participants would use in pricing this asset in a current transaction and therefore is consistent with ASC 820 that requires an exit price methodology for determining fair value. To determine the fair value of these reverse mortgages as of December 31, 2016, we used the proprietary model described above and actual cash flow information to estimate future cash flows. There are three main drivers of cash flows; 1) move-out rates, 2) house price appreciation (HPA) forecasts, and 3) internal rate of return. 1) Move-out rates - We used the actuarial estimates of contract termination provided in the United States Mortality Rates Period Life Table, 2011, published by the Office of the Actuary - Social Security in 2015 adjusted for expected prepayments and relocations which we adopted during 2016. 2) House Price Appreciation - We utilize house price forecasts from various market sources. Based on this information, we forecasted a 2.5% increase in housing prices during 2016 and a 2.0% increase in the following year and thereafter. We believe this forecast continues to be appropriate given the nature of reverse mortgage collateral and historical under-performance to the broad housing market. Annually, during the fourth quarter, current collateral values are updated through broker price opinions. 3) Internal Rate of Return - As of December 31, 2016, the internal rate of return (IRR) of 19.91 % was the effective yield required on the life of the portfolio to reduce the net investment to zero at the time the final reverse mortgage contract is expected to be liquidated. As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s actuarially estimated cash payments to reverse mortgagors are as follows: Year Ending 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years 2022 – 2026 Years 2027 – 2031 Years 2032 – 2036 Thereafter Total (1) $ 486 383 300 231 177 399 76 11 1 $2,064 (1) This table does not take into consideration cash inflow including payments from mortgagors or payoffs based on contractual terms. The amount of the contract value that would be forfeited if we were not to make cash payments to reverse mortgagors in the future is $6.5 million. The future cash flows depend on the HPA assumptions. If the future changes in collateral value were assumed to be zero, income would decrease by $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 with an IRR of 19.22 %. If the future changes in collateral value were assumed to be reduced by 1%, income would decrease by $0.4 million with an IRR of 19.16 %. The net present value of the projected cash flows depends on the IRR used. If the IRR increased by 1%, the net present value would increase by $1.3 million. If the IRR decreased by 1%, the net present value would decrease by $1.3 million. 98 Land, office buildings, leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment, at cost, are summarized by major classifications: 8. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT December 31, (Dollars in thousands) Land Buildings Leasehold improvements Furniture and equipment Less: Accumulated depreciation 2016 2015 $ 2,916 7,391 44,493 40,099 $ 2,325 6,878 37,123 31,824 94,899 78,150 46,028 38,581 $48,871 $39,569 Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease or the estimated useful life, whichever is shorter. In general, computer equipment, furniture and equipment and building renovations are expensed over three, five and ten years, respectively. We recognized depreciation expense of $7.6 million, $6.3 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. We occupy certain premises including some with renewal options and operate certain equipment under noncancelable leases with terms ranging primarily from 1 to 25 years. These leases are accounted for as operating leases. Accordingly, lease costs are expensed as incurred in accordance with FASB ASC 840-20 Operating Leases. Rent expense was $11.5 million in 2016, $9.9 million in 2015 and $9.5 million in 2014. Future minimum cash payments under these leases at December 31, 2016 are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Thereafter Total future minimum lease payments $ 10,546 10,616 10,466 10,398 10,104 167,365 $219,495 9. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS In accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations (ASC 805) and FASB ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (ASC 350), all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill, indefinite- lived intangibles and other intangibles are recorded at fair value. The fair value of acquired assets and liabilities assumed, including the resulting goodwill, was based either on quoted market prices or provided by other third-party sources, when available. When third-party information was not available we made good-faith estimates primarily through the use of internal cash flow modeling techniques. The assumptions used in the cash flow modeling are subjective and susceptible to significant changes. 99 Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment at least annually and charged to results of operations in periods in which the recorded value is more than the estimated fair value. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives and are periodically evaluated for impairment. Goodwill totaled $167.5 million at December 31, 2016 and $85.2 million at December 31, 2015. The majority of this goodwill, or $147.4 million, is in the WSFS Bank segment and is the result of a branch acquisition in 2008, the purchases of: Christiana Bank and Trust (CB&T) in 2010, Array (currently known as WSFS Mortgage) and Arrow in 2013, FNBW in 2014, Alliance Bank in 2015 and Penn Liberty in 2016. The Wealth Management segment also recorded goodwill as a result of the acquisition of CB&T in 2010 and the acquisitions of Powdermill and West Capital in 2016. ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), states that an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. Therefore, before the first step of the existing guidance, the entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than carrying value. The qualitative assessment includes adverse events or circumstances identified that could negatively affect the reporting units’ fair value as well as positive and mitigating events. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, performing the two-step process is not required. The entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment step for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the first step of the existing two-step process. The entity can resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. When required, the goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first test is done by comparing the reporting unit’s aggregate fair value to its carrying value. Absent other indicators of impairment, if the aggregate fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired and no additional analysis is necessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the aggregate fair value, a second test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. To measure any impairment loss, the implied fair value would be determined in the same manner as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, an impairment charge would be recorded for the difference. Fair value may be determined using market prices, comparison to similar assets, market multiples, discounted cash flow analyses and other variables. Estimated cash flows extend five years into the future and, by their nature, are difficult to estimate over such an extended period of time. Factors that may significantly affect estimates include, but are not limited to, balance sheet growth assumptions, credit losses in our investment and loan portfolios, competitive pressures in our market area, changes in customer base and customer product preferences, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structure, changes in discount rates, conditions in the banking sector, and general economic variables. As of December 31, 2016, we assessed qualitative factors including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, and overall financial performance in 2016 and determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of any of our reporting units was less than their respective carrying amounts. Therefore we did not perform the two-step impairment test for any of our reporting units in 2016. No impairment losses related to our goodwill were recorded in 2016 or 2015, however there can be no assurances that impairments to our goodwill will not occur in the future periods. As of December 31, 2016, we had three operating segments: WSFS Bank, Cash Connect, and Wealth Management. Our operating segments may contain one or more reporting units depending on economic characteristics, products and customers. When we acquire a business, we assign it to a reporting unit and allocate its goodwill to that reporting unit based on its relative fair value. Should we have a significant business reorganization, we may reallocate the goodwill. See Note 20 for additional information on management reporting and Note 2 for additional information on the goodwill that was recorded during 2016. 100 The following table shows the allocation of goodwill to our reportable operating segments for purposes of goodwill impairment testing: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2014 Goodwill from business combinations Remeasurement adjustments December 31, 2015 Goodwill from business combinations Remeasurement adjustments WSFS Bank Cash Connect Wealth Management Consolidated Company 43,517 36,425 136 80,078 65,206 2,112 — — — — — — 5,134 — — 5,134 15,009 — 48,651 36,425 136 85,212 80,215 2,112 December 31, 2016 $147,396 $— $20,143 $167,539 ASC 350 also requires that an acquired intangible asset be separately recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, regardless of the acquirer’s intent to do so. During 2016, we recorded intangible assets of $15.9 million due to the acquisitions of Penn Liberty, Powdermill and West Capital as well as an adjustment related to our acquisition of Alliance Bank. During 2015, we recorded intangible assets of $3.1 million due to the acquisition of Alliance Bank. See Note 2 for additional information. The following table summarizes other intangible assets: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2016 Core deposits Customer relationships Non-compete agreements Loan servicing rights Favorable lease asset Total other intangible assets December 31, 2015 Core deposits Customer relationships Non-compete agreements Loan servicing rights Total other intangible assets Gross Intangible Assets Accumulated Amortization Net Intangible Assets Amortization Period $13,128 17,561 1,006 1,708 458 $33,861 $10,246 5,221 785 1,430 $17,682 $ (5,630) (2,612) (728) (1,067) (116) $ 7,498 14,949 278 641 342 10 years 7-15 years 6 months- 5 years 10-30 years 10 months-15 years $(10,153) $23,708 $ (4,512) (1,754) (384) (949) $ 5,734 3,467 401 481 10 years 7-15 years 6 months- 3 years 15-30 years $ (7,599) $10,083 We recognized amortization expense on other intangible assets of $2.4 million, $2.0 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. The following presents the estimated amortization expense of intangibles: (Dollars in thousands) 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Thereafter Total 101 Amortization of Intangibles $ 3,008 2,846 2,777 2,581 2,246 10,250 $23,708 There was no impairment of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2016 or 2015. Changing economic conditions that may adversely affect our performance and stock price could result in impairment, which could adversely affect earnings in the future. The following is a summary of deposits by category, including a summary of the remaining time to maturity for time deposits: 10. DEPOSITS (Dollars in thousands) Money market and demand: Noninterest-bearing demand Interest-bearing demand Money market Total money market and demand Savings Customer certificates of deposit by maturity: Less than one year One year to two years Two years to three years Three years to four years Over four years Total customer time certificates Jumbo certificates of deposit, by maturity: Less than one year One year to two years Two years to three years Three years to four years Over four years Total jumbo certificates of deposit Total customer deposits Brokered deposits less than one year Total deposits Interest expense on deposits by category follows: (Dollars in thousands) Year Ended December 31, Interest-bearing demand Money market Savings Time deposits Total customer interest expense Brokered deposits Total interest expense on deposits 102 December 31, 2016 2015 $1,266,306 935,333 1,257,520 $ 958,238 784,619 1,090,050 3,459,159 2,832,907 547,293 439,918 192,320 74,165 32,687 24,919 8,533 332,624 174,981 43,037 20,655 17,005 4,882 260,560 200,893 79,760 25,256 9,642 17,449 333,000 180,753 44,776 15,256 6,685 6,541 254,011 4,599,636 3,859,836 138,802 156,730 $4,738,438 $4,016,566 2016 2015 2014 $1,119 3,343 655 3,303 8,420 1,001 $ 666 2,466 289 3,057 $ 611 1,478 234 4,060 6,478 6,383 687 768 $9,421 $7,165 $7,151 The following is a summary of borrowed funds by type, at or for the twelve months ended: 11. BORROWED FUNDS (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2016 FHLB advances Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase Trust preferred borrowings Senior debt Other borrowed funds December 31, 2015 FHLB advances Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase Trust preferred borrowings Senior debt Other borrowed funds Federal Home Loan Bank Advances Balance at End of Period Weighted Average Interest Rate Maximum Outstanding at Month End During the Period Average Amount Outstanding During the Year Weighted Average Interest Rate During the Year $854,236 0.78% $886,767 $735,975 0.67% 130,000 67,011 155,000 64,150 0.79 2.66 5.12 0.09 130,000 67,011 155,000 64,150 112,150 67,011 110,191 21,335 0.54 2.42 3.82 0.09 $669,514 0.50% $740,681 $621,024 0.48% 128,200 67,011 55,000 14,486 0.45 2.15 6.25 0.09 135,550 67,011 55,000 16,808 119,290 67,011 55,000 15,227 0.30 2.03 6.85 0.09 Advances from the FHLB with rates ranging from 0.60% to 1.23% at December 31, 2016 are due as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2017 2018 Amount $807,325 46,911 $854,236 Weighted Average Rate 0.76% 1.07 0.78% Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, advances are secured by qualifying loan collateral, qualifying fixed-income securities, FHLB stock and an interest-bearing demand deposit account with the FHLB. As a member of the FHLB, we are required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB in an amount at least equal to 0.10% of our member asset value plus 4.00% of advances outstanding. We were in compliance with this requirement with a stock investment in FHLB of $38.2 million at December 31, 2016 and $30.5 million as of December 31, 2015. This stock is carried on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Condition at cost, which approximates liquidation value. The increase in FHLB stock was due to the increase in FHLB Advances outstanding. We received dividends on our in FHLB of $1.6 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, stock investment respectively. For additional information regarding FHLB Stock, see Note 17. Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase During 2016 and 2015, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source. At December 31, 2016, we had purchased $130.0 million in federal funds at an average rate of 0.79%. At December 31, 2015, we had purchased $128.2 million in federal funds at an average rate of 0.45%. We had no securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. 103 Trust Preferred Borrowings In 2005, we issued $67.0 million of aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. These securities are callable and have a maturity date of June 1, 2035. Senior Debt On June 13, 2016, the Company issued $100 million of senior unsecured fixed-to-floating rate notes, (the “senior unsecured notes”). The senior unsecured notes mature on June 15, 2026 and have a fixed coupon rate of 4.50% from issuance to but excluding June 15, 2021 and a variable coupon rate of three month LIBOR plus 3.30% from June 15, 2021 until maturity. The senior unsecured notes may be redeemed beginning on June 15, 2021 at 100% of principal plus accrued and unpaid interest. The proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. In 2012, we issued and sold $55.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.25% senior notes due 2019 (the “2012 senior debt”). The 2012 senior debt is unsecured and ranks equally with all of our other present and future unsecured unsubordinated obligations. The 2012 senior debt is effectively subordinated to our secured indebtedness and structurally subordinated to the indebtedness of our subsidiaries. At our option, the 2012 senior debt is callable, in whole or in part, on September 1, 2017, or on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter, at a price equal to the outstanding principal amount to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest. The 2012 senior debt matures on September 1, 2019. Other Borrowed Funds Included in other borrowed funds are collateralized borrowings of $64.1 million and $14.5 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, consisting of outstanding retail repurchase agreements, contractual arrangements under which portions of certain securities are sold overnight to retail customers under agreements to repurchase. Such borrowings were collateralized by mortgage-backed securities. The average rates on these borrowings were 0.09 % at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Borrower in Custody As of December 31, 2016, the Bank had $275.1 million of loans pledged to the Federal Reserve of Philadelphia (FRB). The Bank did not borrow funds from the FRB during 2016. 12. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND REGULATORY CAPITAL Savings institutions such as the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by various banking regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain actions by regulators that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved final rules (the “U.S. Basel III Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The U.S. Basel III Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions. The new minimum regulatory capital requirements became effective for the Bank and the Company on January 1, 2015 and include a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.50% of risk-weighted assets and a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.00% of risk-weighted assets. The rules also require a current minimum Total capital ratio of 8.00% of risk-weighted assets and a minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 4.00% of average assets. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Bank was in compliance with regulatory capital requirements and exceeded the amounts required to be considered “well capitalized” as defined in the regulations. 104 The following table presents the capital position of the Bank and the Company as of December 31, 2016 and 2015: (Dollars in thousands) As of December 31, 2016 Consolidated Bank Capital For Capital Adequacy Purposes To Be Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB WSFS Financial Corporation Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB WSFS Financial Corporation Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB WSFS Financial Corporation Tier 1 Leverage Capital Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB WSFS Financial Corporation $663,892 624,440 11.93% $445,376 446,001 11.20 8.00% $556,720 557,501 8.00 10.00% 10.00 623,167 583,715 623,167 518,856 623,167 583,715 11.19 10.47 11.19 9.31 9.66 9.02 334,032 334,501 250,524 250,875 257,957 258,767 6.00 6.00 4.50 4.50 4.00 4.00 445,376 446,001 361,868 362,376 322,446 323,459 8.00 8.00 6.50 6.50 5.00 5.00 As of December 31, 2015 Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB WSFS Financial Corporation Core Capital (to adjusted tangible assets) Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB WSFS Financial Corporation Tangible Capital (to tangible assets) Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB WSFS Financial Corporation Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB WSFS Financial Corporation $618,454 595,996 13.11% $377,332 377,948 12.62 8.00% 8.00 $471,666 N/A 10.00% N/A 580,735 558,278 580,735 494,571 580,735 558,278 12.31 11.82 12.31 10.47 10.88 10.44 282,999 283,461 212,249 212,596 213,502 213,849 6.00 6.00 4.50 4.50 4.00 4.00 377,332 N/A 306,583 N/A 266,877 N/A 8.00 N/A 6.50 N/A 5.00 N/A The December 31, 2016 and 2015 capital ratios presented above were determined in accordance with the Basel III Capital Rules. The Holding Company As of December 31, 2016, our capital structure includes one class of stock, $0.01 par common stock outstanding with each share having equal voting rights. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the Company’s three-for-one stock split in May 2015. See Note 1 for additional information. In 2005, WSFS Capital Trust III, our unconsolidated subsidiary, issued Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate with a scheduled maturity of June 1, 2035. The par value of these securities is $2.0 million and the aggregate principal is $67.0 million. The proceeds from the issue were invested in Junior Subordinated Debentures the Company issued. These securities are treated as borrowings with interest included in interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. At December 31, 2016, the coupon rate of the WSFS Capital Trust III securities was 2.70%. The effective rate will vary due to fluctuations in interest rates. When infused into the Bank, the Trust Preferred Securities issued in 2005 qualify as Tier 1 capital. The Bank is prohibited from paying any dividend or making any other capital distribution if, after making the distribution, the Bank would be undercapitalized within the meaning of the Prompt Corrective Action regulations. At December 31, 2016, $103.0 million in cash remains at the holding company to support the parent company’s needs. 105 Pursuant to federal laws and regulations, our ability to engage in transactions with affiliated corporations, including the loan of funds to, or guarantee of the indebtedness of, an affiliate, is limited. During 2014, the Board of Directors approved a stock buyback program of up to 5% of total outstanding shares of common stock. Related to this authorization, during 2015 the Company repurchased 1,060,137 common shares at an average price of $26.88 per share. Additionally, in 2014 the Company repurchased 349,263 common shares and common share equivalents at an implied price of $25.73 per share. These buybacks included 243,699 common share equivalents related to the repurchase of the 387,930 warrants to purchase common stock issued in conjunction with the 2009 equity offering described in the preceding paragraph. The Company completed this stock buyback program during the fourth quarter of 2015. During 2015, the Board of Directors approved an additional stock buyback program of up to 5% of total outstanding shares of common stock. Related to this authorization, as of December 31, 2016, the Company had repurchased 449,371 common shares at an average price of $32.11 per share. The Company has approximately 951,194 million shares (approximately 3 % of its 29.8 million shares outstanding), remaining to repurchase under its current authorization as of December 31, 2016. Associate 401(k) Savings Plan 13. ASSOCIATE (EMPLOYEE) BENEFIT PLANS Certain subsidiaries of ours maintain a qualified plan in which Associates may participate. Participants in the plan may elect to direct a portion of their wages into investment accounts that include professionally managed mutual and money market funds and our common stock. Generally, the principal and related earnings are tax deferred until withdrawn. We match a portion of the Associates’ contributions. As a result, our total cash contributions to the plan on behalf of our Associates resulted in an expense of $3.1 million, $2.6 million, and $2.2 million for 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. All contributions are invested in accordance with the Associates’ selection of investments. If Associates do not designate how discretionary contributions are to be invested, 100% will be invested in a balanced fund. Associates may generally make transfers to various other investment vehicles within the plan. The plan’s yearly activity includes net sales of 36,000, 25,000 and 2,000 of our common stock in 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively. Postretirement Medical Benefits We share certain costs of providing health and life insurance benefits to eligible retired Associates and their eligible dependents. Prior to March 31, 2014, all Associates were eligible for these benefits if they reached normal retirement age while working for us. Effective March 31, 2014, we changed the eligibility of this plan to include only those Associates who had achieved ten years of service with us as of March 31, 2014. We account for our obligations under the provisions of ASC 715, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (ASC 715). ASC 715 requires that the costs of these benefits be recognized over an Associate’s active working career. Amortization of unrecognized net gains or losses resulting from experience different from that assumed and from changes in assumptions is included as a component of net periodic benefit cost over the remaining service period of active employees to the extent that such gains and losses exceed 10% of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, as of the beginning of the year. 106 ASC 715 requires that we recognize the funded status of our defined benefit postretirement plan in our statement of financial position, with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption represented the net unrecognized actuarial losses and unrecognized transition obligation remaining from the initial adoption of ASC 715, all of which were previously netted against the plan’s funded status in our statement of financial position pursuant to the provisions of ASC 715. These amounts will be subsequently recognized as net periodic pension costs pursuant to our historical accounting policy for amortizing such amounts. Further, actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent periods, and are not recognized as net periodic pension cost in the same periods, will be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. Those amounts will be subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost on the same basis as the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption of ASC 715. In accordance with ASC 715, during 2017 we expect to recognize $0.1 million of amortization related to the net actuarial gain, and $0.1 million relating to the net transition obligation. The following disclosures relating to postretirement medical benefits were measured at December 31: (Dollars in thousands) Change in benefit obligation: Benefit obligation at beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Actuarial gain Benefits paid Plan change Benefit obligation at end of year Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year Employer contributions Benefits paid Fair value of plan assets at end of year Funded status: Unfunded status Total (income) loss recognized in other comprehensive income Net amount recognized Components of net periodic benefit cost: Service cost Interest cost Amortization of transition obligation Net loss (gain) recognition Net periodic benefit cost Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost: Discount rate Health care cost trend rate Assumptions used to value the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation (APBO): Discount rate Health care cost trend rate Ultimate trend rate Year of ultimate trend rate 107 2016 2015 2014 $ 1,805 58 76 (68) (107) — $ 2,266 59 89 (502) (107) — $ 4,560 195 195 (1,611) (125) (948) $ 1,764 $ 1,805 $ 2,266 $ — 107 (107) $ — 107 (107) $ — 125 (125) $ — $ — $ — $(1,764) (1,701) $(1,805) (1,271) $(2,266) (1,367) $(3,465) $(3,076) $(3,633) $ $ 58 76 (76) 505 59 89 (76) (20) $ 195 195 (57) 86 $ 563 $ 52 $ 419 4.25% 4.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 4.10% 4.25% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 2017 2016 4.00% 5.00% 5.00% 2015 Estimated future benefit payments: The following table shows the expected future payments for the next 10 years: (Dollars in thousands) During 2017 During 2018 During 2019 During 2020 During 2021 During 2022 through 2026 $ 66 65 67 67 67 403 $735 We assume medical benefits will increase at an average rate of less than 10% per annum. The costs incurred for retirees’ health care are limited since certain current and all future retirees are restricted to an annual medical premium cap indexed (since 1995) by the lesser of 4% or the actual increase in medical premiums paid by us. For 2016, this annual premium cap amounted to $3,285 per retiree. We estimate that we will contribute approximately $3,416 per retiree to the plan during fiscal 2017. Alliance Associate Pension Plan During the fourth quarter of 2015, we completed the acquisition of Alliance and its wholly owned subsidiary, Alliance Bank, headquartered in Broomall, Pennsylvania. At the time of the acquisition we assumed Alliance pension plan offered to current associates. The plan’s benefit obligation and fair value of assets were $7.1 million and $7.4 million, respectively at December 31, 2015. The net amount recognized in 2016 was $0.2 million. No estimated net loss and prior service cost for the defined benefit pension plans will be amortized from the accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year. 108 The following disclosures relating to Alliance pension benefits were measured at December 31: (Dollars in thousands) Change in benefit obligation: Benefit obligation at beginning of year Interest cost Disbursements Actuarial loss Benefit obligation at end of year Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year Actual return on Plan Assets Benefits paid Administrative Expenses Fair value of plan assets at end of year Funded status: Unfunded status Total (income) loss recognized in other comprehensive income Net amount recognized Components of net periodic benefit cost: Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Net gain recognition Net periodic benefit cost Assumptions used to value the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation (APBO): Discount rate for Net Periodic Benefit Cost Salary Scale for Net Periodic Benefit Cost Expected Return on Plan Assets Discount rate for Disclosure Obligations Salary Scale for Disclosure Obligations Estimated future benefit payments: The following table shows the expected future payments for the next 10 years: (Dollars in thousands) During 2017 During 2018 During 2019 During 2020 During 2021 During 2022 through 2026 109 2016 $ 7,148 301 (374) 442 $ 7,517 $ 7,397 518 (374) (37) $ 7,504 $(7,517) 7,504 $ $ (13) 40 301 (541) (157) $ (357) 4.00% N/A 7.50% 4.00% N/A $ 313 395 319 318 436 2,744 $4,525 We have five additional plans which are no longer being provided to Associates: (1) a Supplemental Pension Plan with a corresponding liability of $0.8 million for December 31, 2016 and 2015; (2) an Early Retirement Window Plan with a corresponding liability of $0.2 million for December 31, 2016 and 2015; (3) a Director’s Plan with a corresponding asset of less than $0.1 million for December 31, 2016 and liability of less than $0.1 million for December 31, 2015; (4) a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan with a corresponding liability of $1.8 million and $1.4 million for December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, and; (5) a Post-Retirement Medical Plan with a corresponding liability of $0.1 million for December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and separate state income tax returns. Our income tax provision consists of the following: 14. TAXES ON INCOME Year Ended December 31, (Dollars in thousands) Current income taxes: Federal taxes State and local taxes Deferred income taxes: Federal taxes State and local taxes Total 2016 2015 2014 $23,857 3,847 $24,237 3,805 $21,252 3,215 5,135 235 2,283 (52) (5,575) (89) $33,074 $30,273 $18,803 Current federal income taxes include taxes on income that cannot be offset by net operating loss carryforwards. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following is a summary of the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015: (Dollars in thousands) Deferred tax assets: Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities Allowance for loan losses Purchase accounting adjustments—loans Reserves and other accruals Deferred gains Net operating losses Tax credits Derivatives Reverse mortgages Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance Less: valuation allowance Total Deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Bad debt recapture Accelerated depreciation Other Prepaid expenses Deferred loan costs Intangibles Total deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax asset 110 2016 2015 $ 4,170 13,913 8,339 14,010 1,109 352 — 1,086 2,262 45,241 — $ 57 12,981 4,597 14,147 888 785 1,664 — 3,290 38,409 — $45,241 $38,409 $ (545) (1,049) (497) — (1,079) (5,946) $ (954) (1,806) (344) (371) (1,209) (4,876) (9,116) (9,560) $36,125 $28,849 Included in the table above is the effect of certain temporary differences for which no deferred tax expense or benefit was recognized. In 2016, such items consisted primarily of $4.2 million of unrealized losses on certain investments in debt and equity securities accounted for under ASC 320 along with $0.3 million of unrealized gains related to postretirement benefit obligations accounted for under ASC 715 and $1.1 million of unrealized losses on derivatives accounted for under ASC 815. In 2015, they consisted primarily of $0.1 million of unrealized losses on certain investments in debt and equity securities along with $0.2 million related to postretirement benefit obligations. Based on our history of prior earnings and our expectations of the future, it is anticipated that operating income and the reversal pattern of our temporary differences will, more likely than not, be sufficient to realize a net deferred tax asset of $36.1 million at December 31, 2016. As a result of the acquisition of Penn Liberty on August 12, 2016, we recorded a net deferred tax asset (DTA) of $7.4 million. Penn Liberty did not have any federal or state net operating loss (NOL) carryovers, and had $0.1 million of alternative minimum tax credit carryovers that have now been fully utilized. We expect to utilize all tax attributes acquired from Penn Liberty. As a result of the acquisition of Alliance in 2015, we recorded a DTA of $7.7 million. Included in this DTA are $1.1 million of federal NOL’s carryovers, $2.6 million of state NOL carryovers and $1.7 million of alternative minimum tax credit carryovers. Such federal NOL’s expire beginning in 2035 while the state NOLs expire in 2017. The tax credits have an indefinite life. Although there is a limitation on the amount of Alliance’s net operating loss deduction and tax credit utilization (and certain other deductions) that we can utilize each tax year, we have now fully utilized these tax attributes and, therefore, no valuation allowance has been recorded against the DTA. Retained earnings at December 31, 2015 include approximately $7.1 million, representing prior Alliance bad debt deductions, for which no deferred income taxes have been provided. As a result of the acquisition of the First National Bank of Wyoming (FNBW) in 2014, we recorded a net DTA of $3.1 million. Included in this DTA are $1.9 million of NOL carryovers and $0.3 million of alternative minimum tax credit carryovers. Such NOLs expire beginning in 2034, while the tax credits have an indefinite life. Although there is a limitation on the amount of FNBW’s net operating loss deduction (and certain other deductions) that we can utilize each tax year, we have now fully utilized these tax attributes and, therefore, no valuation allowance has been recorded against the DTA. A reconciliation showing the differences between our effective tax rate and the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate is as follows: Year Ended December 31, Statutory federal income tax rate State tax, net of federal tax benefit Nondeductible acquisition costs Tax-exempt interest Bank-owned life insurance income Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation Tax benefits from previously unconsolidated subsidiary (SASCO) Federal tax credits, net of amortization Other Effective tax rate 2016 2015 2014 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 3.1 2.9 0.2 0.7 (2.1) (1.9) (0.3) (0.3) (1.4) — — — (0.5) (0.5) — 0.2 2.8 0.2 (2.0) (0.3) — (9.4) (0.5) 0.1 34.0% 36.1% 25.9% As a result of the early adoption of ASU 2016-09, “Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,” we recorded $1.5 million of income tax benefits in 2016 related to excess tax benefits from stock compensation. Prior to 2016, such excess tax benefits were recorded directly in stockholders’ equity. This new accounting standard will result in volatility to future effective tax rates. 111 As a result of the consolidation for accounting purposes of the SASCO reverse mortgage securitization trust during 2013, a deferred tax asset of approximately $4.9 million was recorded. In addition we recorded a $1.8 million deferred tax liability associated with our investment in SASCO. However, because SASCO was not consolidated for income tax purposes, a full valuation allowance was also recorded on this DTA due to the uncertainty of its realization, as the realization was dependent on future taxable income. On January 27, 2014 the separate company SASCO tax structure was eliminated, which permits tax consolidation within the Bank’s tax return filings on a prospective basis. At this date, the uncertainty surrounding the realization of the DTA was eliminated. Accordingly, we removed the $4.9 million valuation allowance and eliminated the $1.8 million deferred tax liability, which resulted in an overall income tax benefit of $6.7 million in 2014. Finally, SASCO has $1.0 million of remaining Federal net operating losses that the Bank acquired upon SASCO’s liquidation. Such NOLs expire beginning in 2030 and, due to IRS limitations, $0.1 million are being utilized each year. Accordingly, we fully expect to utilize all of these NOLs. These are our only remaining NOLs. We have no state NOLs. We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes and FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement 109). ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is more-likely- than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first positions that previously failed to meet subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. ASC 740 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties. We record interest and penalties on potential income tax deficiencies as income tax expense. Federal tax years 2013 through 2016 remain subject to examination as of December 31, 2016, while tax years 2013 through 2016 remain subject to examination by state taxing jurisdictions. No federal or state income tax return examinations are currently in process. We do not expect to record or realize any material unrecognized tax benefits during 2017. ASC 740 prescribes a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized. We recognize, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes in the financial statements. Assessment of uncertain tax positions under ASC 740 requires careful consideration of the technical merits of a position based on our analysis of tax regulations and interpretations. There are no longer any unrecognized tax benefits related to ASC 740 as of December 31, 2016 nor has there been any unrecognized tax benefit activity since December 31, 2012. As a result of the adoption of ASU No. 2014-01, “Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures: Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects,” the amortization of our low-income housing credit investments has been reflected as income tax expense. Accordingly, $1.6 million of such amortization has been reflected as income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $1.9 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The amount of affordable housing tax credits, amortization and tax benefits recorded as income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $1.5 million, $1.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The carrying value of the investment in affordable housing credits is $15.4 million at December 31, 2016, compared to $12.0 million at December 31, 2015. 112 15. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION Our Stock Incentive Plans provide for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards, restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, deferred stock units, and other awards that are payable in or valued by reference to our common shares. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2013 Incentive Plan (2013 Plan) is 2,096,535. At December 31, 2016, there were 639,410 shares available for future grants under the 2013 Plan. Generally, all awards become exercisable immediately in the event of a change in control, as defined within the Stock Incentive Plans. Total stock-based compensation expense recognized was $3.0 million ($2.0 million after tax) for 2016, $3.2 million ($2.2 million after tax) for 2015, and $3.7 million ($2.6 million after tax) for 2014. Stock-based compensation expense related to awards granted to Associates is recorded in Salaries, benefits and other compensation; expense related to awards granted to directors is recorded in Other operating expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Stock Options Stock options are granted with an exercise price not less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant. With the exception of certain Non-Plan Stock Options (as defined below), all stock options granted during 2016, 2015, and 2014 vest in 25% per annum increments, start to become exercisable one year from the grant date and expire between five and seven years from the grant date. We issue new shares upon the exercise of options. We determine the grant date fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The model requires the use of numerous assumptions, many of which are subjective. Beginning in 2016, the expected term was derived from historical exercise patterns and represents the amount of time that stock options granted are expected to be outstanding. Other significant assumptions to determine 2016, 2015, and 2014 grant date fair value included volatility measured using the fluctuation in month end closing stock prices over a period which corresponds with the average expected option life; a weighted-average risk-free rate of return (zero coupon treasury yield); and a dividend yield indicative of our current dividend rate. The assumptions for options issued during 2016, 2015, and 2014 are presented below: Expected term (in years) Volatility Weighted-average risk-free interest rate Dividend yield 2016 2015 2014 4.9 5.3 4.9 29.6% 25.0% 29.0% 1.25% 1.54% 0.97% 0.80% 0.76% 0.67% On April 25, 2013 stockholders approved a change in future compensation for Mark A. Turner, President and CEO. As a result, Mr. Turner was granted 750,000 non-statutory stock options (“Non-Plan Stock Options’) with a longer and slower vesting schedule than our standard options, 40% vesting after the second year and 20% vesting in each of the following three years. Additionally, these options were awarded at an exercise price of 20% over the December 2012 market value (the date on which framework of the plan was decided). Upon the grant, Mr. Turner is no longer eligible to receive grants under any of our other stock based award programs for a period of five years. The Black-Scholes option- pricing model was used to determine the grant date fair value of the options. Significant assumptions used in the model included a weighted-average risk-free rate of return (zero coupon treasury yield) of 0.76%; an expected option life of five years; an expected stock price volatility of 40.5%; and a dividend yield of 1.01%. Additionally, in 2013, 450,000 incentive stock options were issued to certain executive officers of the Company under the 2013 Plan. These options have the same vesting schedule and exercise price as the Non-Plan Stock Options granted to Mr. Turner. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the same assumptions as the Non-Plan Stock Options was used to determine the grant date fair value of the options. 113 A summary of the status of our options (including Non-Plan Stock Options) as of December 31, 2016, and changes during the year, is presented below: Stock Options: Outstanding at beginning of year Granted Exercised Forfeited Outstanding at end of year Nonvested at end of year Exercisable at end of year 2016 Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (Year) Weighted- Average Exercise Price Aggregate Intrinsic Value (In Thousands) Shares 1,647,878 155,978 (250,939) (4,937) 1,547,980 704,421 843,899 $17.08 22.40 15.84 14.85 17.83 19.08 16.78 3.74 $25,175 3.17 5.23 $2.90 44,153 19,212 24,950 The weighted-average fair value of options granted was $7.84 in 2016, $5.73 in 2015 and $5.78 in 2014. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was $5.0 million in 2016, $3.0 million in 2015, and $2.4 million in 2014. The following table provides information about our nonvested stock options outstanding at December 31, 2016: Stock Options: Nonvested at beginning of period Granted Vested Forfeited Nonvested at end of period 2016 Weighted- Average Exercise Price Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Shares 1,028,142 155,978 (477,675) (2,024) $17.58 22.40 16.95 15.21 704,421 $19.08 $4.85 7.84 3.60 4.70 $5.23 The total amount of unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options as of December 31, 2016 was $2.1 million. The weighted-average period over which the expense is expected to be recognized is 1.5 years. During 2016, we recognized $1.7 million of compensation expense related to these awards. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units Restricted stock awards (RSAs) and restricted stock units (RSUs) are granted at no cost to the recipient and generally vest over a four year period. All outstanding awards granted to senior executives vest over no less than a four year period. The 2013 Plan allows for awards with vesting periods less than four years subject to Board approval. RSA recipients are entitled to voting rights and generally entitled to dividends on the common stock during the vesting period. The fair value of RSAs and RSUs is equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. We recognize the expense related to RSAs and RSUs granted to Associates into salaries, benefits and other compensation expense and granted to directors into other operating expense on an accrual basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. When we award restricted stock to individuals from whom we may not receive services in the future, we recognize the expense of restricted stock grants when we make the award, instead of amortizing the expense over the vesting period of the award. 114 Effective January 3, 2011, the Board approved a plan in which Marvin N. Schoenhals, Chairman of the Board, was granted 66,750 RSA’s with a five-year performance vesting schedule starting at the end of the second year following the grant date. These RSAs are subject to vesting in whole or in part based on the role that Mr. Schoenhals plays in establishing new business over a two year period of time that achieves over a two year period a result of at least a 50% return on investment of the cost of the restricted stock. We recognized compensation expense of $0.1 million related to this award in 2016. The Long-Term Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit program (Long-Term Program) provided for awards up to an aggregate of 233,400 RSUs to participants, only after the achievement of targeted levels of return on assets (ROA) in any year through 2013. During 2013, the Company achieved the 1.00% ROA performance level. In accordance with the Long-Term Program, the Company issued 108,456 RSUs to the plan’s participants in 2014. The RSUs vest in 25% increments over four years and we recognize expense over the implicit service period associated with the performance condition. During 2016, we recognized $0.4 million of compensation expense related to this program. The weighted-average fair value of RSUs and RSAs granted was $29.94 in 2016, $26.13 in 2015, and $23.72 in 2014. The total amount of compensation cost including performance awards, as of December 31, 2016, was $1.7 million. The weighted-average period over which the cost is expected to be recognized is 2.7 years. During 2016, we recognized $0.8 million of compensation cost related to these awards. to be recognized relating to nonvested restricted stock, The following table summarizes the Company’s RSAs and RSUs, including performance awards, and changes during the year: Balance at December 31, 2015 Granted Vested Forfeited Balance at December 31, 2016 Units (in whole) 171,834 46,099 (80,443) (1,898) 135,592 Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Unit $12.60 29.94 17.48 26.73 $25.33 The total fair value of RSUs and RSAs that vested was $1.4 million in 2016, $1.3 million in 2015, and $1.2 million in 2014. Data Processing Operations 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES We have entered into contracts to manage our network operations, data processing and other related services. The projected amounts of future minimum payments contractually due are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Year 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Amount $4,687 3,670 3,553 1,239 — The expenses for data processing and operations for the year ending December 31, 2016 were $6.3 million, compared to $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Legal Proceedings In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to legal actions that involve claims for monetary relief. See Note 23, for additional information. 115 Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk In the ordinary course of business, we are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, in the normal course of business primarily to meet the financing needs of our customers. To varying degrees, these financial instruments involve elements of credit risk that are not recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Exposure to loss for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. We generally require collateral to support such financial instruments in excess of the contractual amount of those instruments and use the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments. The following represents a summary of off-balance sheet financial instruments at year-end: (Dollars in thousands) Financial instruments with contract amounts which represent potential credit risk: Construction loan commitments Commercial mortgage loan commitments Commercial loan commitments Commercial owner-occupied commitments Commercial standby letters of credit Residential mortgage loan commitments Consumer loan commitments Total December 31, 2016 2015 $ 189,940 25,821 610,838 55,205 71,612 1,636 259,501 $149,119 22,393 506,615 40,052 49,832 2,218 189,392 $1,214,553 $959,621 At December 31, 2016, we had total commitments to extend credit of $1.21 billion. Commitments for consumer lines of credit were $259.5 million of which, $246.1 million were secured by real estate. Residential mortgage loan commitments generally have closing dates within a one-month period but can be extended to six months. Not reflected in the table above are commitments to sell residential mortgages of $67.8 million and $90.3 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Commitments provide for financing on predetermined terms as long as the customer continues to meet specific criteria. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being completely drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness and obtain collateral based on our credit evaluation of the counterparty. Indemnifications Secondary Market Loan Sales. Given the current interest rate environment, coupled with our desire not to hold these assets in our portfolio, we generally sell newly originated residential mortgage loans in the secondary market to mortgage loan aggregators and on a more limited basis to GSEs such as FHLMC, FNMA, and the FHLB. Loans held for sale are reflected on our Consolidated Statements of Condition at their fair value with changes in the value reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gains and losses are recognized at the time of sale. We periodically retain the servicing rights on residential mortgage loans sold which results in monthly service fee income. Otherwise, we sell loans with servicing released on a nonrecourse basis. Rate-locked loan commitments that we intend to sell in the secondary market are accounted for as derivatives under ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging (ASC:815). 116 We generally do not sell loans with recourse, except for standard loan sale contract provisions covering violations of representations and warranties and, under certain circumstances, early payment default by the borrower. These are customary repurchase provisions in the secondary market for residential mortgage loan sales. These provisions may include either an indemnification from loss or an agreement to repurchase the loans. Repurchases and losses have been rare and no provision is made for losses at the time of sale. There were no repurchases for the year ended December 31, 2016 and one repurchase totaling $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Swap Guarantees. We entered into agreements with three unrelated financial institutions whereby those financial institutions entered into interest rate derivative contracts (interest rate swap transactions) with customers referred to them by us. Under the terms of the agreements, those financial institutions have recourse to us for any exposure created under each swap transaction in the event the customer defaults on the swap agreement and the agreement is in a paying position to the third-party financial institution. This is a customary arrangement that allows us to provide access to interest rate swap transactions for our customers without creating the swap ourselves. These swap guarantees are accounted for as credit derivatives. At December 31, 2016, there were 134 variable-rate to fixed-rate swap transactions between the third-party financial institutions and our customers. The initial notional aggregated amount was approximately $518.8 million, with maturities ranging from under one year to twenty years. The aggregate fair value of these swaps to the customers was a liability of $10.9 million as of December 31, 2016, of which 109 swaps, with a liability of $11.7 million, were in paying positions to a third party. We had no reserves for the swap guarantees as of December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2015, there were 119 variable-rate to fixed-rate swap transactions between the third-party financial institutions and our customers. The initial notional aggregated amount was approximately $481.6 million, with maturities ranging from under one year to ten years. The aggregate fair value of these swaps to the customers was a liability of $18.1 million as of December 31, 2015, with all 119 swaps, in paying positions to a third party. We had no reserves for the swap guarantees as of December 31, 2015 Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities 17. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES ASC 820-10 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the use of inputs used in valuation methodologies into the following three levels: Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever available. Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or inputs to the valuation methodology that are derived principally from or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. 117 The following tables present financial instruments carried at fair value as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 by valuation hierarchy (as described above): December 31, 2016 (Dollars in thousands) Description Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis: Available-for-sale securities: CMO FNMA MBS FHLMC MBS GNMA MBS GSE Other investments Other assets Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis: Other liabilities Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis: Other real estate owned Loans held for sale Impaired loans Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis December 31, 2015 (Dollars in thousands) Description Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis: Available-for-sale securities: CMO FNMA MBS FHLMC MBS GNMA MBS GSE Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) $— — — — — 623 — $623 $261,215 405,764 63,515 28,416 35,010 — 1,508 $795,428 $ — — — — — — — $ — Total Fair Value $261,215 405,764 63,515 28,416 35,010 623 1,508 $796,051 $— $ 3,380 $ — $ 3,380 $— — — $— $ — 54,782 — $ 3,591 — 46,499 $ 3,591 54,782 46,499 $ 54,782 $50,090 $104,872 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total Fair Value $— $251,488 318,471 — 99,442 — 20,714 — 30,914 — $ — — — — — $251,488 318,471 99,442 20,714 30,914 Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis $— $721,029 $ — $721,029 Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis: Other real estate owned Loans held for sale Impaired loans $— $ — 41,807 — — — $ 5,080 $ — 35,086 5,080 41,807 35,086 Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis $— $ 41,807 $40,166 $ 81,973 There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy during 2016 and 2015. 118 Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models or obtained from third parties that primarily use, as inputs, observable market- based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include unobservable parameters. Our valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. While we believe our valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Available-for-sale securities As of December 31, 2016 securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value using Level 2 inputs. Included in the Level 2 total are approximately $35.0 million in U.S. Treasury Notes and Federal Agency debentures, and $758.9 million in Federal Agency MBS. We believe that this Level 2 designation is appropriate for these securities under ASC 820-10 as, with almost all fixed income securities, none are exchange traded, and all are priced by correlation to observed market data. For these securities we obtain fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, U.S. government and agency yield curves, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information, and the security’s terms and conditions, among other factors. Other Assets Other assets include the fair value of derivatives on the residential mortgage HFS loan pipeline. The derivatives represent the amounts that would be required to settle our derivative financial instruments at the balance sheet date. Other Liabilities Other liabilities include the fair value of interest rate swaps and derivatives on the residential mortgage HFS loan pipeline. The fair value of our derivatives represents the amounts that would be required to settle our derivative financial instruments at the balance sheet date. Other real estate owned Other real estate owned consists of loan collateral which has been repossessed through foreclosure or other measures. Initially, foreclosed assets are recorded at the lower of the loan balance or fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are updated periodically and the assets may be marked down further, reflecting a new cost basis. The fair value of our real estate owned was estimated using Level 3 inputs based on appraisals obtained from third parties. Loans held for sale The fair value of our loans held for sale is based upon estimates using Level 2 inputs. These inputs are based upon pricing information obtained from secondary markets and brokers and applied to loans with similar interest rates and maturities. Impaired loans We evaluate and value impaired loans at the time the loan is identified as impaired, and the fair values of such loans are estimated using Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. Each loan’s collateral has a unique appraisal and management’s discount of the value is based on the factors unique to each impaired loan. The significant unobservable input in determining the fair value is management’s subjective discount on appraisals of the collateral securing the loan, which range from 10% - 50%. Collateral may consist of real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and/or accounts receivable and the value of these assets is determined based on the appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers hired by us. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, estimated costs to sell, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and the client’s business. 119 Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment by either calculating the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or determining the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans has a gross amount of $51.6 million and $37.7 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The valuation allowance on impaired loans was $3.4 million as of December 31, 2016 and $2.6 million as of December 31, 2015. Fair Value of Financial Instruments The reported fair values of financial instruments are based on a variety of factors. In certain cases, fair values represent quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments. In other cases, fair values have been estimated based on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows that are discounted to reflect current market rates and varying degrees of risk. Accordingly, the fair values may not represent actual values of the financial instruments that could have been realized as of period-end or that will be realized in the future. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value: Cash and cash equivalents For cash and short-term investment securities, including due from banks, federal funds sold or purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with other banks, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Investment securities Fair value is estimated using quoted prices for similar securities, which we obtain from a third party vendor. We utilize one of the largest providers of securities pricing to the industry and management periodically assesses the inputs used by this vendor to price the various types of securities owned by us to validate the vendor’s methodology. Loans held for sale Loans held for sale are carried at their fair value (see discussion earlier in this note). Loans Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type: commercial, commercial mortgages, construction, residential mortgages and consumer. For loans that reprice frequently, the book value approximates fair value. The fair values of other types of loans are estimated by discounting expected cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with comparable credit ratings and for similar remaining maturities. The fair value of nonperforming loans is based on recent external appraisals of the underlying collateral. Estimated cash flows, discounted using a rate commensurate with current rates and the risk associated with the estimated cash flows, are utilized if appraisals are not available. This technique does not contemplate an exit price. Reverse mortgage loans The fair value of our investment in reverse mortgages is based on the net present value of estimated cash flows, which have been updated to reflect recent external appraisals of the underlying collateral. For additional information on reverse mortgage loans, see Note 7. Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Pittsburgh The fair value of FHLB stock is assumed to be equal to its cost basis, since the stock is non-marketable but redeemable at its par value. 120 Other assets Other assets include other real estate owned (see discussion earlier in this note) and our investment in Visa Class B stock. Our ownership includes shares acquired at no cost from our prior participation in Visa’s network, while Visa operated as a cooperative. During 2015 we purchased additional shares which are accounted for as non-marketable equity securities and carried at cost. We evaluated the shares carried at cost for OTTI as of December 31, 2016, and the evaluation showed no OTTI as of December 31, 2016. Following resolution of Visa’s covered litigation, shares of Visa’s Class B stock will be converted to Visa Class A shares While only current owners of Class B shares are allowed to purchase other Class B shares, there have been several transactions between Class B shareholders. Based on these transactions we estimate the value of our Class B shares to be $12.1 million as of December 31, 2016. Deposits The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, money market and interest-bearing demand deposits, is assumed to be equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using rates currently offered for deposits with comparable remaining maturities. Borrowed funds Rates currently available to us for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt. Other Liabilities Other liabilities include interest rate swaps and derivatives on the residential mortgage HFS loan pipeline (See discussion earlier in this note). Off-balance sheet instruments The fair value of off-balance sheet instruments, including commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, approximates the recorded net deferred fee amounts, which are not significant. Because commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are generally not assignable by either us or the borrower, they only have value to us and the borrower. 121 The book value and estimated fair value of our financial instruments are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) At December 31, Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents Investment securities available for sale Investment securities held to maturity Loans, held for sale Loans, net (1) Impaired loans, net Reverse mortgages Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh Accrued interest receivable Other assets Financial liabilities: Deposits Borrowed funds Standby letters of credit Accrued interest payable (1) Excludes impaired loans, net. Fair Value Measurement 2016 2015 Book Value Fair Value Book Value Fair Value Level 1 See previous table Level 2 See previous table Level 2 See previous table Level 3 $ 821,923 794,543 164,346 54,782 4,375,293 46,499 22,583 $ 821,923 794,543 163,232 54,782 4,278,380 46,499 22,583 $ 561,179 721,029 165,862 41,807 3,693,964 35,086 24,284 $ 561,179 721,029 167,743 41,807 3,637,714 35,086 24,284 Level 2 Level 2 Level 3 Level 2 Level 2 Level 3 Level 2 38,248 17,027 9,189 38,248 17,027 15,787 30,519 14,040 8,669 30,519 14,040 18,416 $4,738,438 1,267,447 468 1,151 $4,423,921 $4,016,566 1,264,170 934,211 468 195 1,151 801 $3,791,606 935,230 195 801 At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 we had no commitments to extend credit measured at fair value. Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives 18. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities. The Company manages a matched book with respect to its derivative instruments in order to minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. Fair Values of Derivative Instruments The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2016. Fair Values of Derivative Instruments (Dollars in thousands) Count Notional Balance Sheet Location Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: Interest Rate Products Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk 3 $75,000 Other Liabilities Liability Derivatives As of December 31, 2016 Fair Value $2,858 $2,858 The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. 122 The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2016, such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with a forecasted issuance of debt. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company’s did not record any hedge ineffectiveness. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that less than $0.1 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense. The Company is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions over a maximum period of 3 months (excluding forecasted transactions related to the payment of variable interest on existing financial instruments). As of December 31, 2016, the Company had three outstanding interest rate derivatives with a notional of $75 million that was designated as a cash flow hedge of interest rate risk. Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Income Statement The tables below present the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016. Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships (Dollars in thousands) Interest Rate Products Total Credit-risk-related Contingent Features Amount of (Loss) or Gain Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion) Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2016 2015 $(2,890) $(2,890) $ — $ — Location of (Loss) or Gain Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion) Interest expense The Company has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. The Company also has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company fails to maintain its status as a well / adequate capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Company would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements. As of December 31, 2016 the termination value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $2.9 million. The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties, and has posted collateral of $3.4 million against its obligations under these agreements. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2016, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value. 123 19. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS In the ordinary course of business, from time to time we enter into transactions with related parties, including, but not limited to, our officers and directors. These transactions are made on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral requirements, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers. They do not, in the opinion of management, involve greater than normal credit risk or include other unfavorable features. The outstanding balances of loans to related parties at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $1.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively. Total deposits from related parties at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $3.6 million and $2.0 million, respectively. During 2016, new loans and credit line advances to related parties totaled $1.5 million and repayments were $1.7 million. 20. SEGMENT INFORMATION As defined in FASB ASC 280, Segment Reporting (ASC 280), an operating segment is a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the enterprise’s chief operating decision makers to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. Based on these criteria, we have identified three segments: WSFS Bank, Cash Connect, and Wealth Management. We evaluate segment performance based on pretax ordinary income relative to resources used, and allocate resources based on these results. The accounting policies applicable to our segments are those that apply to our preparation of the accompanying unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements The WSFS Bank segment provides financial products to commercial and retail customers. Retail and Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate Lending and other banking business units are operating departments of WSFS. These departments share the same regulator, the same market, many of the same customers and provide similar products and services through the general infrastructure of the Bank. Because of the following and other reasons, these departments are not considered discrete segments and are appropriately aggregated within the WSFS Bank segment in accordance with ASC 280. The Cash Connect segment provides ATM vault cash and cash logistics services through strategic partnerships with several of the largest networks, manufacturers and service providers in the ATM industry. The balance sheet category “Cash in non-owned ATMs” includes cash from which fee income is earned through bailment arrangements with customers of Cash Connect. The Wealth Management segment provides a broad array of fiduciary, investment management, credit and deposit products to clients through six business lines. WSFS Wealth Investments provides insurance and brokerage products primarily to our retail banking clients. Cypress Capital Management, LLC is a registered investment advisor. Cypress’ primary market segment is high net worth individuals, offering a “balanced” investment style focused on preservation of capital and current income. West Capital, a registered investment advisor, is a fee-only wealth management firm which operates under a multi-family office philosophy and provides fully-customized solutions tailored to the unique needs of institutions and high net worth individuals. Christiana Trust provides fiduciary and investment services to personal trust clients, and trustee, agency, bankruptcy, administration, custodial and commercial domicile services to corporate and institutional clients. Powdermill is a multi-family office that specializes in providing unique, independent solutions to high net worth individuals, families and corporate executives through a coordinated, centralized approach. WSFS Private Banking serves high net worth clients by delivering credit and deposit products and partnering with other business units to deliver investment management and fiduciary products and services. 124 Segment information for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 follows: For the Year Ended December 31, 2016: (Dollars in thousands) External customer revenues: Interest income Noninterest income Total external customer revenues Inter-segment revenues: Interest income Noninterest income Total inter-segment revenues Total revenue External customer expenses: Interest expense Noninterest expenses Provision for loan losses Total external customer expenses Inter-segment expenses Interest expense Noninterest expenses Total inter-segment expenses Total expenses Income before taxes Provision for income taxes Consolidated net income Cash and cash equivalents Goodwill Other segment assets Total segment assets at December 31, 2016 WSFS Bank Cash Connect Wealth Management Total $ 208,525 42,565 $ — 33,070 251,090 33,070 $ 8,053 26,720 34,773 $ 216,578 102,355 318,933 4,963 8,145 13,108 264,198 22,028 146,526 9,370 177,924 7,150 953 8,103 — 835 835 7,150 118 7,268 12,113 9,098 21,211 33,905 42,041 340,144 — 19,736 — 19,736 2,915 2,799 5,714 805 19,698 3,616 24,119 2,048 5,346 7,394 22,833 185,960 12,986 221,779 12,113 9,098 21,211 186,027 25,450 31,513 242,990 $ 78,171 $ 8,455 $ 10,528 $ 100,893 147,396 5,545,611 $717,643 — 3,533 $5,793,900 $721,176 $ 3,387 20,143 226,664 $250,194 $ $ 97,154 33,074 64,080 $ 821,923 167,539 5,775,808 $6,765,270 Capital expenditures $ 18,625 $ 769 $ 26 $ 19,420 125 For the Year Ended December 31, 2015: (Dollars in thousands) External customer revenues: Interest income Noninterest income Total external customer revenues Inter-segment revenues: Interest income Noninterest income Total inter-segment revenues Total revenue External customer expenses: Interest expense Noninterest expenses Provision for loan losses Total external customer expenses Inter-segment expenses Interest expense Noninterest expenses Total inter-segment expenses Total expenses Income before taxes Provision for income taxes Consolidated net income Cash and cash equivalents Goodwill Other segment assets WSFS Bank Cash Connect Wealth Management Total $ 174,636 37,042 $ — 28,420 211,678 28,420 $ 7,940 22,793 30,733 $ 182,576 88,255 270,831 3,507 7,988 11,495 223,173 15,155 129,138 7,476 151,769 6,678 969 7,647 — 873 873 6,678 96 6,774 10,185 8,957 19,142 29,293 37,507 289,973 — 17,270 — 17,270 1,547 2,612 4,159 621 17,051 314 17,986 1,960 5,376 7,336 15,776 163,459 7,790 187,025 10,185 8,957 19,142 159,416 21,429 25,322 206,167 $ 63,757 $ 7,864 $ 12,185 $ 65,663 80,078 4,745,752 $493,165 — — $ 2,351 5,134 192,576 $ $ 83,806 30,273 53,533 $ 561,179 85,212 4,938,328 Total segment assets at December 31, 2015 $4,891,493 $493,165 $200,061 $5,584,719 Capital expenditures $ 8,017 $ 1,729 $ 22 $ 9,768 126 For the Year Ended December 31, 2014: (Dollars in thousands) External customer revenues: Interest income Noninterest income Total external customer revenues Inter-segment revenues: Interest income Noninterest income Total inter-segment revenues Total revenue External customer expenses: Interest expense Noninterest expenses Provision for loan losses Total external customer expenses Inter-segment expenses Interest expense Noninterest expenses Total inter-segment expenses Total expenses Income before taxes Provision for income taxes Consolidated net income Cash and cash equivalents Goodwill Other segment assets WSFS Bank Cash Connect Wealth Management Total $ 152,545 34,461 $ — 25,698 187,006 25,698 $ 7,792 18,119 25,911 $ 160,337 78,278 238,615 3,405 6,814 10,219 197,225 15,409 118,853 2,938 137,200 5,558 918 6,476 — 804 804 5,558 114 5,672 26,502 31,583 — 15,449 — 15,449 1,384 2,291 3,675 421 12,343 642 13,406 2,021 4,523 6,544 143,676 19,124 19,950 $ 53,549 $ 7,378 $ 11,633 8,963 7,732 16,695 255,310 15,830 146,645 3,580 166,055 8,963 7,732 16,695 182,750 72,560 18,803 53,757 $ $ $ 73,395 43,517 4,107,212 $431,527 — 2,006 $ 3,117 5,134 187,412 $ 508,039 48,651 4,296,630 Total segment assets at December 31, 2014 $4,224,124 $433,533 $195,663 $4,853,320 Capital expenditures $ 3,192 $ 1,531 $ 9 $ 4,732 127 Condensed Statements of Financial Condition 21. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION December 31, (Dollars in thousands) Assets: Cash Investment in subsidiaries Investment in Capital Trust III Other assets Total assets Liabilities: Trust preferred Senior debt Interest payable Other liabilities Total liabilities Stockholders’ equity: Common stock Capital in excess of par value Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/income Retained earnings Treasury stock Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 2016 2015 $ 103,018 795,676 2,011 6,480 $ 26,456 667,587 2,011 7,197 $ 907,185 $ 703,251 $ 67,011 152,050 642 146 $ 67,011 55,000 413 356 219,849 122,780 580 329,457 (7,617) 627,078 (262,162) 560 256,435 696 570,630 (247,850) 687,336 580,471 $ 907,185 $ 703,251 Condensed Statements of Operations Year Ended December 31, (Dollars in thousands) Income: Interest income Noninterest income Expenses: Interest expense Other operating expenses Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries Equity in undistributed (loss)/income of subsidiaries Income before taxes Income tax benefit Net income allocable to common stockholders 128 2016 2015 2014 $ 3,402 68,498 $ 1,780 $ 30,180 785 74,125 71,900 31,960 74,910 7,979 747 8,726 63,174 (779) 62,395 1,685 5,124 233 5,357 26,603 25,765 52,368 1,165 5,087 140 5,227 69,683 (17,437) 52,246 1,511 $64,080 $53,533 $ 53,757 Condensed Statements of Cash Flows Year Ended December 31, 2016 2015 2014 (Dollars in thousands) Operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Equity in undistributed loss/(income) of subsidiaries Decrease in other assets Increase in other liabilities Net cash provided by operating activities Investing activities: Payments for investment in and advances to subsidiaries Sale or repayment of investments in and advances to subsidiaries Net cash from business combinations Investment in non-marketable securities Net cash used for investing activities Financing activities: Repayment of long-term debt Issuance of common stock Issuance of senior debt Repurchase of common stock warrants Payments to repurchase common stock Cash dividends paid Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities Increase/(decrease) in cash Cash at beginning of period Cash at end of period $ 64,080 $ 53,533 $ 53,757 779 133 655 (25,765) 3,925 405 65,647 32,098 17,437 4,217 203 75,614 (119) 1,220 (57,604) (387) — 1,213 (23,096) (3,589) (2,225) 3,676 (32,028) — (56,890) (25,472) (30,577) (10,000) 1,900 97,849 — (14,312) (7,632) — 3,160 — — (31,659) (6,002) — 3,613 — (6,300) (2,686) (4,644) 67,805 (34,501) (10,017) 76,562 26,456 (27,875) 54,331 35,020 19,311 $103,018 $ 26,456 $ 54,331 129 22. CHANGE IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments, unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedge, as well as unrecognized prior service costs, transition costs and actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit pension plans which reflects changes made to the post retirement benefit obligation for retiree health and life insurance. These changes were effective March 31, 2014 see Note 13 for further information. Changes to other accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income are presented net of tax effect as a component of equity. Reclassification out of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income is recorded on the Statements of Operations either as a gain or loss. Changes to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component are shown net of taxes in the following tables for the period indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Balance, December 31, 2013 Other comprehensive income before reclassifications Less: Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss Net current-period other comprehensive loss Balance, December 31, 2014 Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications Less: Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss Net current-period other comprehensive income Net change in investment securities available for sale Net change in securities held to maturity Net change in defined benefit plan Net change in fair value of derivative used for cash flow hedge Total $(20,822) $ — $ (472) $ — $(21,294) 21,911 2,207 — (643) 21,268 $ 446 — 2,207 $2,207 (1,417) — 1,319 1,319 $ 847 $ — $ 3,500 — — — 24,118 676 24,794 (1,417) (1,387) (2,804) (916) (2,333) (412) (412) (59) (59) — — Balance, December 31, 2015 $ (1,887) $1,795 $ 788 $ — $ 696 Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications Less: Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income Net current-period other comprehensive loss (4,838) — (1,772) (6,610) (1,469) (6,307) (403) (403) 169 169 — (1,772) (1,703) (8,313) Balance, December 31, 2016 $ (8,194) $1,392 $ 957 $(1,772) $ (7,617) 130 Components of other comprehensive income that impact the statement of operations are presented in the table below. Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2016 2015 2014 Affected line item in Statements of Operations $(2,369) $(1,478) $(1,036) Securities gains, net 393 Income tax provision 900 562 $(1,469) $ (916) $ (643) (Dollars in thousands) Securities available for sale: Realized gains on securities transactions Income taxes Net of tax Net unrealized holding gains on securities transferred between available-for-sale and held-to-maturity: Amortization of net unrealized gains to income during the period $ (651) $ (646) $ — Interest income on investment securities Income taxes Net of tax Amortization of Defined Benefit 248 234 — Income tax provision $ (403) $ (412) $ — Pension Items: Prior service costs Transition obligation Actuarial losses Total before tax Income taxes Net of tax $ $ $ (76) $ — 348 (76) $ — (20) 891 246 991 272 $ (103) (96) $ 2,128 Salaries, benefits and other compensation 37 (809) Income tax provision 169 $ (59) $ 1,319 Total reclassifications $(1,703) $(1,387) $ 676 23. LEGAL AND OTHER PROCEEDINGS In accordance with the current accounting standards for loss contingencies, we establish reserves for litigation-related matters that arise from the ordinary course of our business activities when it is probable that a loss associated with a claim or proceeding has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Litigation claims and proceedings of all types are subject to many uncertain factors that generally cannot be predicted with assurance. From time to time we are brought into certain legal matters and/or disputes through our Wealth Management segment, as a result of sometimes highly complex documents and servicing requirements that are part of this business. Our Commercial loan portfolio continues to grow, both organically and due to our acquisitions of other financial institutions. Accordingly, the inherent litigation risks associated with this portfolio have continued to expand, due to the increased number of loans and complexity in the Commercial lending market. While the outcomes carry some degree of uncertainty, management does not currently anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of such other proceedings that we are aware of, will have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. There were no material changes or additions to other significant pending legal or other proceedings involving us other than those arising out of routine operations. 131 We reviewed subsequent events and determined that no further disclosures or measurements were required. 24. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS QUARTERLY FINANCIAL SUMMARY (Unaudited) Three months ended 12/31/2016 9/30/2016 6/30/2016 3/31/2016 12/31/2015 9/30/2015 6/30/2015 3/31/2015 (Dollars in thousands, Except Per Share Data) Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Noninterest income Noninterest expenses Income before taxes Income tax provision Net Income Earnings per share: Basic Diluted $59,692 6,738 52,954 5,124 47,830 27,587 48,237 27,180 9,070 $55,337 6,316 $51,503 5,089 $50,046 4,690 49,021 5,828 46,414 1,254 45,356 780 43,193 26,849 50,497 19,545 6,823 45,160 24,849 44,027 25,982 8,504 44,576 23,070 43,199 24,447 8,677 $51,813 3,917 47,896 1,778 46,118 23,037 47,187 21,968 7,984 $44,857 3,860 $43,055 3,965 $42,851 4,034 40,997 1,453 39,090 3,773 38,817 786 39,544 21,665 38,705 22,504 8,078 35,317 22,458 38,654 19,121 6,887 38,031 21,095 38,913 20,213 7,324 $18,110 $12,722 $17,478 $15,770 $13,984 $14,426 $12,234 $12,889 $ 0.58 0.56 $ 0.42 0.41 $ 0.59 0.58 $ 0.53 0.52 $ 0.47 0.46 $ 0.52 0.51 $ 0.43 0.43 $ 0.46 0.45 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE There are no matters required to be disclosed under this item. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Disclosure Controls and Procedures With the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2016. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. On May 14, 2013, the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission issued an updated version of its Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Originally issued in 1992, the framework provides principles-based guidance for designing and implementing effective internal controls. The Company transitioned to the 2013 Framework in 2015. 132 Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting To Our Stockholders: Management of WSFS Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2016, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Corporation’s Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, as stated in their reports, which are included herein. /s/ Mark A. Turner Mark A. Turner President and Chief Executive Officer March 1, 2017 /s/ Dominic C. Canuso Dominic C. Canuso Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 133 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm The Board of Directors and Stockholders WSFS Financial Corporation: We have audited WSFS Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). WSFS Financial Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, WSFS Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, and our report dated March 1, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. /s/ KPMG LLP Philadelphia, Pennsylvania March 1, 2017 134 ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION There are no matters required to be disclosed under this item. PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The Information under “Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB” and “Corporate Governance - Committees of the Board of Directors” in the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 27, 2017 (the Proxy Statement) is incorporated into this item by reference. We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, Controller or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code of Ethics is posted on our website at www.wsfsbank.com. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information under the headings “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation of the Board of Directors” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this item by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS (a) Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Other Information - Large Stockholders” of the Proxy Statement (b) Security Ownership of Management Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB - Ownership of WSFS Financial Corporation Common Stock” of the Proxy Statement (c) We know of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of our securities, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant (d) Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans Shown below is information as of December 31, 2016 with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Registrant are authorized for issuance. Equity Compensation Plan Information (a) (b) Number of Securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights Weighted-Average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (c) Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column) (a) Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders (1) Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders TOTAL 1,547,980 N/A 1,547,980 $17.83 N/A $17.83 639,410 N/A 639,410 (1) Plans approved by stockholders include the 2005 Incentive Plan, as amended, and the 2013 Incentive Plan. 135 ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information under “Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB - Transactions with our Insiders” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this item by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information under “Committees of the Board of Directors - Audit Committee” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this item by reference. ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES PART IV (a) Listed below are all financial statements and exhibits filed as part of this report, and which are herein incorporated by reference. 1. The Consolidated Statements of Condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related Consolidated Statements of Operations, Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Cash Flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2016, together with the related notes and the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. 2. Schedules omitted as they are not applicable. The following exhibits are incorporated by reference herein or annexed to this Annual Report: Exhibit Number Description of Document 3.1 3.2 3.3 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for the year ended December 31, 2011. Certificate of Amendment, dated May 1, 2015, to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 5, 2015. Amended and Restated Bylaws of WSFS Financial Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2014. WSFS Financial Corporation, 1994 Short Term Management Incentive Plan Summary Plan Description is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994. Amended and Restated Wilmington Savings Fund Society, Federal Savings Bank 1997 Stock Option Plan is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-26099) filed with the Commission on April 29, 1997. 2000 Stock Option and Temporary Severance Agreement among Wilmington Savings Fund Society, Federal Savings Bank, WSFS Financial Corporation and Marvin N. Schoenhals on February 24, 2000 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000. WSFS Financial Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Vice Presidents dated February 28, 2008, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. 136 Exhibit Number Description of Document 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.10 21 23 24 31.1 31.2 32 WSFS Financial Corporation’s 2005 Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to appendix A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14-A for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Amendment to WSFS Financial Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan for IRC 409A and FAS 123R dated December 31, 2008, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. Amendment to the WSFS Financial Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Vice Presidents dated December 31, 2008, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. WSFS Financial Corporation’s 2013 Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to appendix A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14-A for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of March 2, 2015, by and between WSFS Financial Corporation and Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2015. Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of November 23, 2015, by and between WSFS Financial Corporation and Penn Liberty Financial Corp, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on November 23, 2015. Subsidiaries of Registrant. Consent of KPMG LLP Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this report) Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 101.INS XBRL Instance Document * 101.SCH XBRL Schema Document * 101.CAL XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document * 101.LAB XBRL Labels Linkbase Document * 101.PRE XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document * 101.DEF XBRL Definition Linkbase Document * * Submitted as Exhibits 101 to this Form 10-K are documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language). Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability. Exhibits 10.1 through 10.8 represent management contracts or compensatory plan arrangements. ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY Not applicable 137 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION Date: March 1, 2017 BY: /s/ Mark A. Turner Mark A. Turner President and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Date: March 1, 2017 Date: March 1, 2017 Date: March 1, 2017 Date: March 1, 2017 Date: March 1, 2017 Date: March 1, 2017 Date: March 1, 2017 Date: March 1, 2017 Date: March 1, 2017 BY: /s/ Marvin N. Schoenhals Marvin N. Schoenhals Chairman BY: /s/ Mark A. Turner Mark A. Turner President, Chief Executive Officer and Director BY: /s/ Anat Bird Anat Bird Director BY: /s/ Francis B. Brake Francis B. Brake Director BY: /s/ Eleuthère I. du Pont Eleuthère I. du Pont Director BY: /s/ Jennifer W. Davis Jennifer W. Davis Director BY: /s/ Donald W. Delson Donald W. Delson Director BY: /s/ Calvert A. Morgan, Jr. Calvert A. Morgan, Jr. Director BY: /s/ David G. Turner David G. Turner Director 138 Date: March 1, 2017 Date: March 1, 2017 Date: March 1, 2017 BY: /s/ Patrick J. Ward Patrick J. Ward Executive Vice President, Pennsylvania Market President and Director BY: /s/ Dominic C. Canuso Dominic C. Canuso Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer BY: /s/ Charles K. Mosher Charles K. Mosher Senior Vice President and Controller 139 1 1 Board of Directors Anat Bird Chair, Audit and Trust Audit Committees President & CEO of SCB Forums, Ltd. Francis B. Brake President and Chief Marketing Officer of Epic Research, LLC Jennifer Wagner Davis Chair, Personnel and Compensation Committee Senior Vice President for Administration and Finance at George Mason University Donald W. Delson Chair, Trust and Corporate Development Committees Former Senior Advisor for Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Eleuthère I. du Pont Lead Director; Chair, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee President of The Longwood Foundation Calvert A. Morgan, Jr. Vice Chairman, WSFS Bank Former Chairman, President & CEO of PNC Bank, Delaware Marvin N. Schoenhals Chairman, WSFS Board of Directors Former President & CEO, WSFS Financial Corporation and WSFS Bank David G. Turner Banking Executive at IBM Global Business Services Mark A. Turner Chair, Executive Committee President & CEO, WSFS Financial Corporation and WSFS Bank Patrick J. Ward Executive Vice President, Pennsylvania Market President, WSFS Financial Corporation and WSFS Bank 2016 ANNUAL REPORT1 2 Senior Leadership Team Raymond C. Abbott Senior Vice President, Cash Management Division Manager Justin C. Dunn Senior Vice President, Director of Marketing Syed A. Ahmed Senior Vice President, Retail Regional Manager Peggy H. Eddens Executive Vice President, Chief Human Capital Officer M. Scott Baylis Senior Vice President, Business Banking Division Manager —Delaware Ira M. Brownstein Senior Vice President, WSFS Mortgage Lisa M. Brubaker Senior Vice President, Director of Retail Strategy Dominic C. Canuso Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer Lisa A. Chorlton Senior Vice President, Private Banking Relationship Manager Ralph J. Cicalese Senior Vice President, Business Banking Team Leader Stephen P. Clark Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Banking Officer John D. Clatworthy Senior Vice President, Director of Client Services, Cash Connect® Thomas J. Coletti Senior Vice President, Relationship Manager Cindy Crompton-Barone Senior Vice President, Director of Associate Relations James J. Danna Senior Vice President, Business Banking Team Leader Vernita L. Dorsey Senior Vice President, Director of Community Strategy Tracy L. Feinsilver Senior Vice President, Retail Regional Manager Bryan E. Forcino Senior Vice President, Relationship Manager Louis W. Geibel, Jr. Senior Vice President, Chief Trust Officer Paul D. Geraghty Executive Vice President, Chief Wealth Officer James A. Gise Senior Vice President, Middle Market Division Manager David L. Gorny Senior Vice President, Relationship Manager Paul S. Greenplate Senior Vice President, Deputy Chief Risk Officer Robert J. Hayman Senior Vice President, Director of Facility Strategy and Vendor Management Cheryl A. Hughes Senior Vice President, Director of Transaction Services Timothy R. Jefferis Senior Vice President, Relationship Manager Albert L. Jones Senior Vice President, Commercial Real Estate Team Leader Michael F. Jordan Senior Vice President, Director of Asset Recovery Thomas W. Kearney Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer Aaron P. Klein Senior Vice President, Director of Business Performance and Analysis Suzanne J. Ricci Senior Vice President, Director of Strategic Initiatives, Cash Connect® Glenn L. Kocher Senior Vice President, Small Business Director Shari A. Kruzinski Senior Vice President, Retail Regional Manager Albert J. Roop, IV Senior Vice President, Director of Technology Services Jeffrey M. Ruben President, WSFS Mortgage Rodger Levenson Executive Vice President, Chief Corporate Development Officer Ronald V. Samuels Senior Vice President, Treasurer James J. Lucianetti Senior Vice President, Chief Auditor Dennis B. Matarangas Senior Vice President, Relationship Manager S. James Mazarakis Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer Jeffrey P. McCabe Senior Vice President, Director of Investment Research, Cypress Capital Management Patrick C. McCormick Senior Vice President, Chief Credit Officer Charles K. Mosher Senior Vice President, Controller John L. Olsen Senior Vice President, General Counsel Robert O. Palsgrove Senior Vice President, Commercial Market Manager —Maryland Stephen Petrucci President, Powdermill Financial Solutions Douglas R. Quaintance Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning & Growth Markets Manager Jason L. Spence Senior Vice President, Director of Credit Risk Management Thomas E. Stevenson President, Cash Connect® Mark A. Turner President & Chief Executive Officer Joseph C. Walker Senior Vice President, Commercial Real Estate Division Manager Patrick J. Ward Executive Vice President, Pennsylvania Market President Kelly A. Wellborn President, Cypress Capital Management Matthew West President, West Capital Management Richard M. Wright Executive Vice President, Chief Retail Banking Officer Linda H. Ziegler Senior Vice President, Retail Regional Manager Brian C. Zwaan Senior Vice President, Business Banking Division Manager —Pennsylvania WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATIONW S F S F I N A N C I A L C O R P O R A T I O N Forward-Looking Statements This Annual Report contains estimates, predictions, opinions, projections and other “forward-looking statements” as that phrase is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements include, without limitation, references to the Company’s predictions or expectations of future business or financial performance as well as its goals and objectives for future operations, financial and business trends, business prospects and management’s outlook or expectations for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels, liquidity levels, asset quality or other future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “estimate,” “target,” “project” and similar expressions, among others, generally identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are based on various assumptions (some of which may be beyond the Company’s control) and are subject to risks and uncertainties (which change over time) and other factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to: those related to difficult market conditions and unfavorable economic trends in the United States generally, and particularly in the markets in which the Company operates and in which its loans are concentrated, including the effects of declines in housing markets, an increase in unemployment levels and slowdowns in economic growth; the Company’s level of nonperforming assets and the costs associated with resolving problem loans including litigation and other costs; changes in market interest rates, which may increase funding costs and reduce earning asset yields and thus reduce margin; the impact of changes in interest rates and the credit quality and strength of underlying collateral and the effect of such changes on the market value of the Company’s investment securities portfolio; the credit risk associated with the substantial amount of commercial real estate, construction and land development and commercial and industrial loans in our loan portfolio; the extensive federal and state regulation, supervision and examination governing almost every aspect of the Company’s operations including the changes in regulations affecting financial institutions, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules and regulations issued in accordance with this statute and potential expenses associated with complying with such regulations; possible additional loan losses and impairment of the collectability of loans; the Company’s ability to comply with applicable capital and liquidity requirements (including the finalized Basel III capital standards), including our ability to generate liquidity internally or raise capital on favorable terms; possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws and regulations and other activities of governments, agencies, and similar organizations; any impairment of the Company’s goodwill or other intangible assets; failure of the financial and operational controls of the Company’s Cash Connect division; conditions in the financial markets that may limit the Company’s access to additional funding to meet its liquidity needs; the success of the Company’s growth plans, including the successful integration of past and future acquisitions; the Company’s ability to fully realize the cost savings and other benefits of its acquisitions, business disruption following those acquisitions, and post-acquisition customer acceptance of the Company’s products and services and related customer disintermediation; negative perceptions or publicity with respect to the Company’s trust and wealth management business; system failure or cyber security breaches of the Company’s network security; the Company’s ability to recruit and retain key employees; the effects of problems encountered by other financial institutions that adversely affect the Company or the banking industry generally; the effects of weather and natural disasters such as floods, droughts, wind, tornadoes and hurricanes as well as effects from geopolitical instability and man-made disasters including terrorist attacks; possible changes in the speed of loan prepayments by the Company’s customers and loan origination or sales volumes; possible changes in the speed of prepayments of mortgage-backed securities due to changes in the interest rate environment, and the related acceleration of premium amortization on prepayments in the event that prepayments accelerate; regulatory limits on the Company’s ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries and pay dividends to its shareholders; the effects of any reputational, credit, interest rate, market, operational, legal, liquidity, regulatory and compliance risk resulting from developments related to any of the risks discussed above; the costs associated with resolving any problem loans, litigation and other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed in other documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. These risks and uncertainties and other risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or future prospects are discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, including under the heading “Risk Factors,” and in other documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company assumes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company for any reason, except as required by law. Stockholder Information Stockholders or others seeking information regarding the Company may call or write: WSFS Financial Corporation Investor Relations WSFS Bank Center 500 Delaware Avenue Wilmington, DE 19801 302-571-7264 stockholderrelations@wsfsbank.com Transfer Agent American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, NY 11219 Website wsfsbank.com WSFS Bank Center • 500 Delaware Avenue, Wilmington, DE 19801 • wsfsbank.com ©2017 WSFS Financial Corporation. All rights reserved.

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above